Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui.c @ 7801:a1e71a01dbd6 v7.4.1197
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Fri Jan 29 22:13:30 2016 +0100
patch 7.4.1197
Problem: Still using __ARGS.
Solution: Remove __ARGS in several files. (script by Hirohito Higashi)
| author | Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 29 Jan 2016 22:15:05 +0100 |
| parents | 42c1a4e63d12 |
| children | 81794242a275 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * | |
| 6 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 7 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 8 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 9 */ | |
| 10 | |
| 11 #include "vim.h" | |
| 12 | |
| 13 /* Structure containing all the GUI information */ | |
| 14 gui_T gui; | |
| 15 | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
16 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
17 static void set_guifontwide(char_u *font_name); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
18 #endif |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
19 static void gui_check_pos(void); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
20 static void gui_position_components(int); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
21 static void gui_outstr(char_u *, int); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
22 static int gui_screenchar(int off, int flags, guicolor_T fg, guicolor_T bg, int back); |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
23 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
24 static int gui_screenstr(int off, int len, int flags, guicolor_T fg, guicolor_T bg, int back); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
25 #endif |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
26 static void gui_delete_lines(int row, int count); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
27 static void gui_insert_lines(int row, int count); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
28 static void fill_mouse_coord(char_u *p, int col, int row); |
| 685 | 29 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
30 static int gui_has_tabline(void); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
31 #endif |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
32 static void gui_do_scrollbar(win_T *wp, int which, int enable); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
33 static colnr_T scroll_line_len(linenr_T lnum); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
34 static linenr_T gui_find_longest_lnum(void); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
35 static void gui_update_horiz_scrollbar(int); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
36 static void gui_set_fg_color(char_u *name); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
37 static void gui_set_bg_color(char_u *name); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
38 static win_T *xy2win(int x, int y); |
| 7 | 39 |
| 3772 | 40 #if defined(UNIX) && !defined(MACOS_X) && !defined(__APPLE__) |
| 3087 | 41 # define MAY_FORK |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
42 static void gui_do_fork(void); |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
43 |
|
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
44 static int gui_read_child_pipe(int fd); |
| 3087 | 45 |
| 46 /* Return values for gui_read_child_pipe */ | |
| 47 enum { | |
| 48 GUI_CHILD_IO_ERROR, | |
| 49 GUI_CHILD_OK, | |
| 50 GUI_CHILD_FAILED | |
| 51 }; | |
| 52 | |
| 53 #endif /* MAY_FORK */ | |
| 54 | |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
55 static void gui_attempt_start(void); |
| 3087 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static int can_update_cursor = TRUE; /* can display the cursor */ |
| 58 | |
| 59 /* | |
| 60 * The Athena scrollbars can move the thumb to after the end of the scrollbar, | |
| 61 * this makes the thumb indicate the part of the text that is shown. Motif | |
| 62 * can't do this. | |
| 63 */ | |
| 64 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) | |
| 65 # define SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 66 #endif | |
| 67 | |
| 68 /* | |
| 69 * gui_start -- Called when user wants to start the GUI. | |
| 70 * | |
| 71 * Careful: This function can be called recursively when there is a ":gui" | |
| 72 * command in the .gvimrc file. Only the first call should fork, not the | |
| 73 * recursive call. | |
| 74 */ | |
| 75 void | |
| 76 gui_start() | |
| 77 { | |
| 78 char_u *old_term; | |
| 79 static int recursive = 0; | |
| 80 | |
| 81 old_term = vim_strsave(T_NAME); | |
| 82 | |
| 83 settmode(TMODE_COOK); /* stop RAW mode */ | |
| 84 if (full_screen) | |
| 85 cursor_on(); /* needed for ":gui" in .vimrc */ | |
| 86 full_screen = FALSE; | |
| 87 | |
| 3087 | 88 ++recursive; |
| 2923 | 89 |
| 7 | 90 #ifdef MAY_FORK |
| 3087 | 91 /* |
| 92 * Quit the current process and continue in the child. | |
| 93 * Makes "gvim file" disconnect from the shell it was started in. | |
| 94 * Don't do this when Vim was started with "-f" or the 'f' flag is present | |
| 95 * in 'guioptions'. | |
| 96 */ | |
| 97 if (gui.dofork && !vim_strchr(p_go, GO_FORG) && recursive <= 1) | |
| 98 { | |
| 99 gui_do_fork(); | |
| 100 } | |
| 101 else | |
| 102 #endif | |
| 103 { | |
| 3541 | 104 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 3539 | 105 /* If there is 'f' in 'guioptions' and specify -g argument, |
| 106 * gui_mch_init_check() was not called yet. */ | |
| 107 if (gui_mch_init_check() != OK) | |
| 108 exit(1); | |
| 3541 | 109 #endif |
| 3087 | 110 gui_attempt_start(); |
| 111 } | |
| 7 | 112 |
| 113 if (!gui.in_use) /* failed to start GUI */ | |
| 114 { | |
| 3087 | 115 /* Back to old term settings |
| 116 * | |
| 117 * FIXME: If we got here because a child process failed and flagged to | |
| 118 * the parent to resume, and X11 is enabled with FEAT_TITLE, this will | |
| 119 * hit an X11 I/O error and do a longjmp(), leaving recursive | |
| 120 * permanently set to 1. This is probably not as big a problem as it | |
| 121 * sounds, because gui_mch_init() in both gui_x11.c and gui_gtk_x11.c | |
| 122 * return "OK" unconditionally, so it would be very difficult to | |
| 123 * actually hit this case. | |
| 124 */ | |
| 125 termcapinit(old_term); | |
| 7 | 126 settmode(TMODE_RAW); /* restart RAW mode */ |
| 127 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 128 set_title_defaults(); /* set 'title' and 'icon' again */ | |
| 129 #endif | |
| 130 } | |
| 131 | |
| 132 vim_free(old_term); | |
| 133 | |
| 3087 | 134 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 135 /* If the GUI started successfully, trigger the GUIEnter event, otherwise | |
| 136 * the GUIFailed event. */ | |
| 137 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 138 apply_autocmds(gui.in_use ? EVENT_GUIENTER : EVENT_GUIFAILED, | |
| 139 NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 140 #endif | |
| 141 --recursive; | |
| 142 } | |
| 143 | |
| 144 /* | |
| 145 * Set_termname() will call gui_init() to start the GUI. | |
| 146 * Set the "starting" flag, to indicate that the GUI will start. | |
| 147 * | |
| 148 * We don't want to open the GUI shell until after we've read .gvimrc, | |
| 149 * otherwise we don't know what font we will use, and hence we don't know | |
| 150 * what size the shell should be. So if there are errors in the .gvimrc | |
| 151 * file, they will have to go to the terminal: Set full_screen to FALSE. | |
| 152 * full_screen will be set to TRUE again by a successful termcapinit(). | |
| 153 */ | |
| 154 static void | |
| 155 gui_attempt_start() | |
| 156 { | |
| 157 static int recursive = 0; | |
| 158 | |
| 159 ++recursive; | |
| 160 gui.starting = TRUE; | |
| 161 | |
| 162 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 163 gui.event_time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME; | |
| 164 #endif | |
| 165 | |
| 166 termcapinit((char_u *)"builtin_gui"); | |
| 167 gui.starting = recursive - 1; | |
| 168 | |
| 574 | 169 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) |
| 7 | 170 if (gui.in_use) |
| 2609 | 171 { |
| 172 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 173 Window x11_window; | |
| 174 Display *x11_display; | |
| 175 | |
| 176 if (gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display) == OK) | |
| 177 set_vim_var_nr(VV_WINDOWID, (long)x11_window); | |
| 178 # endif | |
| 179 | |
| 7 | 180 /* Display error messages in a dialog now. */ |
| 181 display_errors(); | |
| 2609 | 182 } |
| 7 | 183 #endif |
| 3087 | 184 --recursive; |
| 185 } | |
| 186 | |
| 187 #ifdef MAY_FORK | |
| 188 | |
| 189 /* for waitpid() */ | |
| 190 # if defined(HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H) || defined(HAVE_UNION_WAIT) | |
| 191 # include <sys/wait.h> | |
| 192 # endif | |
| 193 | |
| 194 /* | |
| 195 * Create a new process, by forking. In the child, start the GUI, and in | |
| 196 * the parent, exit. | |
| 197 * | |
| 198 * If something goes wrong, this will return with gui.in_use still set | |
| 199 * to FALSE, in which case the caller should continue execution without | |
| 200 * the GUI. | |
| 201 * | |
| 202 * If the child fails to start the GUI, then the child will exit and the | |
| 203 * parent will return. If the child succeeds, then the parent will exit | |
| 204 * and the child will return. | |
| 205 */ | |
| 206 static void | |
| 207 gui_do_fork() | |
| 208 { | |
| 209 int pipefd[2]; /* pipe between parent and child */ | |
| 210 int pipe_error; | |
| 211 int status; | |
| 212 int exit_status; | |
| 213 pid_t pid = -1; | |
| 214 | |
| 215 /* Setup a pipe between the child and the parent, so that the parent | |
| 216 * knows when the child has done the setsid() call and is allowed to | |
| 217 * exit. */ | |
| 218 pipe_error = (pipe(pipefd) < 0); | |
| 219 pid = fork(); | |
| 220 if (pid < 0) /* Fork error */ | |
| 7 | 221 { |
| 3087 | 222 EMSG(_("E851: Failed to create a new process for the GUI")); |
| 223 return; | |
| 224 } | |
| 225 else if (pid > 0) /* Parent */ | |
| 226 { | |
| 227 /* Give the child some time to do the setsid(), otherwise the | |
| 228 * exit() may kill the child too (when starting gvim from inside a | |
| 229 * gvim). */ | |
| 230 if (!pipe_error) | |
| 7 | 231 { |
| 3087 | 232 /* The read returns when the child closes the pipe (or when |
| 233 * the child dies for some reason). */ | |
| 234 close(pipefd[1]); | |
| 235 status = gui_read_child_pipe(pipefd[0]); | |
| 236 if (status == GUI_CHILD_FAILED) | |
| 7 | 237 { |
| 3087 | 238 /* The child failed to start the GUI, so the caller must |
| 239 * continue. There may be more error information written | |
| 240 * to stderr by the child. */ | |
| 241 # ifdef __NeXT__ | |
| 242 wait4(pid, &exit_status, 0, (struct rusage *)0); | |
| 243 # else | |
| 244 waitpid(pid, &exit_status, 0); | |
| 245 # endif | |
| 246 EMSG(_("E852: The child process failed to start the GUI")); | |
| 247 return; | |
| 7 | 248 } |
| 3087 | 249 else if (status == GUI_CHILD_IO_ERROR) |
| 250 { | |
| 251 pipe_error = TRUE; | |
| 252 } | |
| 253 /* else GUI_CHILD_OK: parent exit */ | |
| 7 | 254 } |
| 255 | |
| 3087 | 256 if (pipe_error) |
| 257 ui_delay(300L, TRUE); | |
| 258 | |
| 259 /* When swapping screens we may need to go to the next line, e.g., | |
| 260 * after a hit-enter prompt and using ":gui". */ | |
| 261 if (newline_on_exit) | |
| 262 mch_errmsg("\r\n"); | |
| 263 | |
| 264 /* | |
| 265 * The parent must skip the normal exit() processing, the child | |
| 266 * will do it. For example, GTK messes up signals when exiting. | |
| 267 */ | |
| 268 _exit(0); | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 /* Child */ | |
| 271 | |
| 3518 | 272 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 273 /* Call gtk_init_check() here after fork(). See gui_init_check(). */ | |
| 274 if (gui_mch_init_check() != OK) | |
| 275 exit(1); | |
| 276 #endif | |
| 277 | |
| 7 | 278 # if defined(HAVE_SETSID) || defined(HAVE_SETPGID) |
| 3087 | 279 /* |
| 280 * Change our process group. On some systems/shells a CTRL-C in the | |
| 281 * shell where Vim was started would otherwise kill gvim! | |
| 282 */ | |
| 7 | 283 # if defined(HAVE_SETSID) |
| 3087 | 284 (void)setsid(); |
| 7 | 285 # else |
| 3087 | 286 (void)setpgid(0, 0); |
| 7 | 287 # endif |
| 288 # endif | |
| 3087 | 289 if (!pipe_error) |
| 290 close(pipefd[0]); | |
| 7 | 291 |
| 292 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) | |
| 3087 | 293 /* Tell the session manager our new PID */ |
| 294 gui_mch_forked(); | |
| 7 | 295 # endif |
| 3087 | 296 |
| 297 /* Try to start the GUI */ | |
| 298 gui_attempt_start(); | |
| 299 | |
| 300 /* Notify the parent */ | |
| 3147 | 301 if (!pipe_error) |
| 3087 | 302 { |
| 3147 | 303 if (gui.in_use) |
| 304 write_eintr(pipefd[1], "ok", 3); | |
| 305 else | |
| 306 write_eintr(pipefd[1], "fail", 5); | |
| 307 close(pipefd[1]); | |
| 3087 | 308 } |
| 309 | |
| 310 /* If we failed to start the GUI, exit now. */ | |
| 311 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 312 exit(1); | |
| 7 | 313 } |
| 314 | |
| 315 /* | |
| 3087 | 316 * Read from a pipe assumed to be connected to the child process (this |
| 317 * function is called from the parent). | |
| 318 * Return GUI_CHILD_OK if the child successfully started the GUI, | |
| 319 * GUY_CHILD_FAILED if the child failed, or GUI_CHILD_IO_ERROR if there was | |
| 320 * some other error. | |
| 321 * | |
| 322 * The file descriptor will be closed before the function returns. | |
| 323 */ | |
| 324 static int | |
| 325 gui_read_child_pipe(int fd) | |
| 326 { | |
| 3147 | 327 long bytes_read; |
| 328 #define READ_BUFFER_SIZE 10 | |
| 329 char buffer[READ_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 bytes_read = read_eintr(fd, buffer, READ_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); | |
| 332 #undef READ_BUFFER_SIZE | |
| 333 close(fd); | |
| 334 if (bytes_read < 0) | |
| 3087 | 335 return GUI_CHILD_IO_ERROR; |
| 3147 | 336 buffer[bytes_read] = NUL; |
| 3087 | 337 if (strcmp(buffer, "ok") == 0) |
| 338 return GUI_CHILD_OK; | |
| 339 return GUI_CHILD_FAILED; | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 | |
| 342 #endif /* MAY_FORK */ | |
| 343 | |
| 344 /* | |
| 7 | 345 * Call this when vim starts up, whether or not the GUI is started |
| 346 */ | |
| 347 void | |
| 348 gui_prepare(argc, argv) | |
| 349 int *argc; | |
| 350 char **argv; | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 gui.in_use = FALSE; /* No GUI yet (maybe later) */ | |
| 353 gui.starting = FALSE; /* No GUI yet (maybe later) */ | |
| 354 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv); | |
| 355 } | |
| 356 | |
| 357 /* | |
| 358 * Try initializing the GUI and check if it can be started. | |
| 359 * Used from main() to check early if "vim -g" can start the GUI. | |
| 360 * Used from gui_init() to prepare for starting the GUI. | |
| 361 * Returns FAIL or OK. | |
| 362 */ | |
| 363 int | |
| 364 gui_init_check() | |
| 365 { | |
| 366 static int result = MAYBE; | |
| 367 | |
| 368 if (result != MAYBE) | |
| 369 { | |
| 370 if (result == FAIL) | |
| 371 EMSG(_("E229: Cannot start the GUI")); | |
| 372 return result; | |
| 373 } | |
| 374 | |
| 375 gui.shell_created = FALSE; | |
| 376 gui.dying = FALSE; | |
| 377 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* so the guicursor setting works */ | |
| 378 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_NONE; | |
| 379 gui.dragged_wp = NULL; | |
| 380 gui.pointer_hidden = FALSE; | |
| 381 gui.col = 0; | |
| 382 gui.row = 0; | |
| 383 gui.num_cols = Columns; | |
| 384 gui.num_rows = Rows; | |
| 385 | |
| 386 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 387 gui.scroll_region_top = 0; | |
| 388 gui.scroll_region_bot = Rows - 1; | |
| 389 gui.scroll_region_left = 0; | |
| 390 gui.scroll_region_right = Columns - 1; | |
| 391 gui.highlight_mask = HL_NORMAL; | |
| 392 gui.char_width = 1; | |
| 393 gui.char_height = 1; | |
| 394 gui.char_ascent = 0; | |
| 395 gui.border_width = 0; | |
| 396 | |
| 397 gui.norm_font = NOFONT; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
398 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 399 gui.bold_font = NOFONT; |
| 400 gui.ital_font = NOFONT; | |
| 401 gui.boldital_font = NOFONT; | |
| 402 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 403 gui.fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
| 404 # endif | |
| 405 #endif | |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
407 gui.wide_font = NOFONT; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
408 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
409 gui.wide_bold_font = NOFONT; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
410 gui.wide_ital_font = NOFONT; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
411 gui.wide_boldital_font = NOFONT; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
412 # endif |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
413 #endif |
| 7 | 414 |
| 415 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
416 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 417 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS |
| 418 gui.menu_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
| 419 # else | |
| 420 gui.menu_font = NOFONT; | |
| 421 # endif | |
| 422 # endif | |
| 423 gui.menu_is_active = TRUE; /* default: include menu */ | |
| 424 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 425 gui.menu_height = MENU_DEFAULT_HEIGHT; | |
| 426 gui.menu_width = 0; | |
| 427 # endif | |
| 428 #endif | |
| 429 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) | |
| 430 gui.toolbar_height = 0; | |
| 431 #endif | |
| 432 #if defined(FEAT_FOOTER) && defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) | |
| 433 gui.footer_height = 0; | |
| 434 #endif | |
| 435 #ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP | |
| 436 gui.tooltip_fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
| 437 #endif | |
| 438 | |
| 439 gui.scrollbar_width = gui.scrollbar_height = SB_DEFAULT_WIDTH; | |
| 440 gui.prev_wrap = -1; | |
| 441 | |
| 442 #ifdef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 443 result = OK; | |
| 444 #else | |
| 3518 | 445 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 446 /* | |
| 447 * Note: Don't call gtk_init_check() before fork, it will be called after | |
| 448 * the fork. When calling it before fork, it make vim hang for a while. | |
| 449 * See gui_do_fork(). | |
| 450 * Use a simpler check if the GUI window can probably be opened. | |
| 451 */ | |
| 452 result = gui.dofork ? gui_mch_early_init_check() : gui_mch_init_check(); | |
| 453 # else | |
| 7 | 454 result = gui_mch_init_check(); |
| 3518 | 455 # endif |
| 7 | 456 #endif |
| 457 return result; | |
| 458 } | |
| 459 | |
| 460 /* | |
| 461 * This is the call which starts the GUI. | |
| 462 */ | |
| 463 void | |
| 464 gui_init() | |
| 465 { | |
| 466 win_T *wp; | |
| 467 static int recursive = 0; | |
| 468 | |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * It's possible to use ":gui" in a .gvimrc file. The first halve of this | |
| 471 * function will then be executed at the first call, the rest by the | |
| 472 * recursive call. This allow the shell to be opened halfway reading a | |
| 473 * gvimrc file. | |
| 474 */ | |
| 475 if (!recursive) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 ++recursive; | |
| 478 | |
| 479 clip_init(TRUE); | |
| 480 | |
| 481 /* If can't initialize, don't try doing the rest */ | |
| 482 if (gui_init_check() == FAIL) | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 --recursive; | |
| 485 clip_init(FALSE); | |
| 486 return; | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 | |
| 489 /* | |
| 147 | 490 * Reset 'paste'. It's useful in the terminal, but not in the GUI. It |
| 491 * breaks the Paste toolbar button. | |
| 492 */ | |
| 493 set_option_value((char_u *)"paste", 0L, NULL, 0); | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 7 | 496 * Set up system-wide default menus. |
| 497 */ | |
| 498 #if defined(SYS_MENU_FILE) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 499 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_NOSYSMENU) == NULL) | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 sys_menu = TRUE; | |
| 819 | 502 do_source((char_u *)SYS_MENU_FILE, FALSE, DOSO_NONE); |
| 7 | 503 sys_menu = FALSE; |
| 504 } | |
| 505 #endif | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /* | |
| 508 * Switch on the mouse by default, unless the user changed it already. | |
| 509 * This can then be changed in the .gvimrc. | |
| 510 */ | |
| 511 if (!option_was_set((char_u *)"mouse")) | |
| 512 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"mouse", -1, | |
| 694 | 513 (char_u *)"a", OPT_FREE, SID_NONE); |
| 7 | 514 |
| 515 /* | |
| 516 * If -U option given, use only the initializations from that file and | |
| 517 * nothing else. Skip all initializations for "-U NONE" or "-u NORC". | |
| 518 */ | |
| 519 if (use_gvimrc != NULL) | |
| 520 { | |
| 521 if (STRCMP(use_gvimrc, "NONE") != 0 | |
| 522 && STRCMP(use_gvimrc, "NORC") != 0 | |
| 819 | 523 && do_source(use_gvimrc, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) != OK) |
| 7 | 524 EMSG2(_("E230: Cannot read from \"%s\""), use_gvimrc); |
| 525 } | |
| 526 else | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 /* | |
| 529 * Get system wide defaults for gvim, only when file name defined. | |
| 530 */ | |
| 531 #ifdef SYS_GVIMRC_FILE | |
| 819 | 532 do_source((char_u *)SYS_GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE, DOSO_NONE); |
| 7 | 533 #endif |
| 534 | |
| 535 /* | |
| 536 * Try to read GUI initialization commands from the following | |
| 537 * places: | |
| 538 * - environment variable GVIMINIT | |
| 539 * - the user gvimrc file (~/.gvimrc) | |
| 540 * - the second user gvimrc file ($VIM/.gvimrc for Dos) | |
| 541 * - the third user gvimrc file ($VIM/.gvimrc for Amiga) | |
| 542 * The first that exists is used, the rest is ignored. | |
| 543 */ | |
| 544 if (process_env((char_u *)"GVIMINIT", FALSE) == FAIL | |
| 819 | 545 && do_source((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE, TRUE, |
| 546 DOSO_GVIMRC) == FAIL | |
| 7 | 547 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE2 |
| 819 | 548 && do_source((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE2, TRUE, |
| 549 DOSO_GVIMRC) == FAIL | |
| 7 | 550 #endif |
|
4863
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
551 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE3 |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
552 && do_source((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE3, TRUE, |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
553 DOSO_GVIMRC) == FAIL |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
554 #endif |
| 7 | 555 ) |
| 556 { | |
|
4863
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
557 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE4 |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
558 (void)do_source((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE4, TRUE, DOSO_GVIMRC); |
| 7 | 559 #endif |
| 560 } | |
| 561 | |
| 562 /* | |
| 563 * Read initialization commands from ".gvimrc" in current | |
| 564 * directory. This is only done if the 'exrc' option is set. | |
| 565 * Because of security reasons we disallow shell and write | |
| 566 * commands now, except for unix if the file is owned by the user | |
| 567 * or 'secure' option has been reset in environment of global | |
| 568 * ".gvimrc". | |
| 569 * Only do this if GVIMRC_FILE is not the same as USR_GVIMRC_FILE, | |
| 570 * USR_GVIMRC_FILE2, USR_GVIMRC_FILE3 or SYS_GVIMRC_FILE. | |
| 571 */ | |
| 572 if (p_exrc) | |
| 573 { | |
| 574 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 575 { | |
| 576 struct stat s; | |
| 577 | |
| 578 /* if ".gvimrc" file is not owned by user, set 'secure' | |
| 579 * mode */ | |
| 580 if (mch_stat(GVIMRC_FILE, &s) || s.st_uid != getuid()) | |
| 581 secure = p_secure; | |
| 582 } | |
| 583 #else | |
| 584 secure = p_secure; | |
| 585 #endif | |
| 586 | |
| 587 if ( fullpathcmp((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE, | |
| 588 (char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE) != FPC_SAME | |
| 589 #ifdef SYS_GVIMRC_FILE | |
| 590 && fullpathcmp((char_u *)SYS_GVIMRC_FILE, | |
| 591 (char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE) != FPC_SAME | |
| 592 #endif | |
| 593 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE2 | |
| 594 && fullpathcmp((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE2, | |
| 595 (char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE) != FPC_SAME | |
| 596 #endif | |
| 597 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE3 | |
| 598 && fullpathcmp((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE3, | |
| 599 (char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE) != FPC_SAME | |
| 600 #endif | |
|
4863
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
601 #ifdef USR_GVIMRC_FILE4 |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
602 && fullpathcmp((char_u *)USR_GVIMRC_FILE4, |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
603 (char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, FALSE) != FPC_SAME |
|
c4d4f0fc12b9
updated for version 7.3.1178
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
604 #endif |
| 7 | 605 ) |
| 819 | 606 do_source((char_u *)GVIMRC_FILE, TRUE, DOSO_GVIMRC); |
| 7 | 607 |
| 608 if (secure == 2) | |
| 609 need_wait_return = TRUE; | |
| 610 secure = 0; | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 } | |
| 613 | |
| 614 if (need_wait_return || msg_didany) | |
| 615 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 616 | |
| 617 --recursive; | |
| 618 } | |
| 619 | |
| 620 /* If recursive call opened the shell, return here from the first call */ | |
| 621 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 622 return; | |
| 623 | |
| 624 /* | |
| 625 * Create the GUI shell. | |
| 626 */ | |
| 627 gui.in_use = TRUE; /* Must be set after menus have been set up */ | |
| 628 if (gui_mch_init() == FAIL) | |
| 629 goto error; | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* Avoid a delay for an error message that was printed in the terminal | |
| 632 * where Vim was started. */ | |
| 633 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 634 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 446 | 635 clear_sb_text(); |
| 7 | 636 need_wait_return = FALSE; |
| 637 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * Check validity of any generic resources that may have been loaded. | |
| 641 */ | |
| 642 if (gui.border_width < 0) | |
| 643 gui.border_width = 0; | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * Set up the fonts. First use a font specified with "-fn" or "-font". | |
| 647 */ | |
| 648 if (font_argument != NULL) | |
| 649 set_option_value((char_u *)"gfn", 0L, (char_u *)font_argument, 0); | |
| 650 if ( | |
| 651 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 652 (*p_guifontset == NUL | |
| 653 || gui_init_font(p_guifontset, TRUE) == FAIL) && | |
| 654 #endif | |
| 655 gui_init_font(*p_guifont == NUL ? hl_get_font_name() | |
| 656 : p_guifont, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 657 { | |
| 658 EMSG(_("E665: Cannot start GUI, no valid font found")); | |
| 659 goto error2; | |
| 660 } | |
| 661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 662 if (gui_get_wide_font() == FAIL) | |
| 663 EMSG(_("E231: 'guifontwide' invalid")); | |
| 664 #endif | |
| 665 | |
| 666 gui.num_cols = Columns; | |
| 667 gui.num_rows = Rows; | |
| 668 gui_reset_scroll_region(); | |
| 669 | |
| 670 /* Create initial scrollbars */ | |
| 671 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 gui_create_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT], SBAR_LEFT, wp); | |
| 674 gui_create_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT], SBAR_RIGHT, wp); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 gui_create_scrollbar(&gui.bottom_sbar, SBAR_BOTTOM, NULL); | |
| 677 | |
| 678 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 679 gui_create_initial_menus(root_menu); | |
| 680 #endif | |
| 681 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
| 682 if (usingSunWorkShop) | |
| 683 workshop_init(); | |
| 684 #endif | |
| 685 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 686 sign_gui_started(); | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 | |
| 689 /* Configure the desired menu and scrollbars */ | |
| 690 gui_init_which_components(NULL); | |
| 691 | |
| 692 /* All components of the GUI have been created now */ | |
| 693 gui.shell_created = TRUE; | |
| 694 | |
| 695 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 696 /* Set the shell size, adjusted for the screen size. For GTK this only | |
| 697 * works after the shell has been opened, thus it is further down. */ | |
| 811 | 698 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, TRUE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 699 #endif |
| 700 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 701 /* Need to set the size of the menubar after all the menus have been | |
| 702 * created. */ | |
| 703 gui_mch_compute_menu_height((Widget)0); | |
| 704 #endif | |
| 705 | |
| 706 /* | |
| 707 * Actually open the GUI shell. | |
| 708 */ | |
| 709 if (gui_mch_open() != FAIL) | |
| 710 { | |
| 711 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 712 maketitle(); | |
| 713 resettitle(); | |
| 714 #endif | |
| 715 init_gui_options(); | |
| 716 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 717 /* Our GUI can't do bidi. */ | |
| 718 p_tbidi = FALSE; | |
| 719 #endif | |
| 574 | 720 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 721 /* Give GTK+ a chance to put all widget's into place. */ |
| 722 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 827 | 723 |
| 724 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 725 /* If there is no 'm' in 'guioptions' we need to remove the menu now. | |
| 726 * It was still there to make F10 work. */ | |
| 727 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_MENUS) == NULL) | |
| 728 { | |
| 729 --gui.starting; | |
| 730 gui_mch_enable_menu(FALSE); | |
| 731 ++gui.starting; | |
| 732 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 733 } | |
| 734 # endif | |
| 735 | |
| 7 | 736 /* Now make sure the shell fits on the screen. */ |
| 811 | 737 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, TRUE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 738 #endif |
| 261 | 739 /* When 'lines' was set while starting up the topframe may have to be |
| 740 * resized. */ | |
| 741 win_new_shellsize(); | |
| 187 | 742 |
| 743 #ifdef FEAT_BEVAL | |
| 744 /* Always create the Balloon Evaluation area, but disable it when | |
| 745 * 'ballooneval' is off */ | |
| 746 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 747 balloonEval = gui_mch_create_beval_area(gui.drawarea, NULL, | |
| 748 &general_beval_cb, NULL); | |
| 749 # else | |
| 216 | 750 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) |
| 187 | 751 { |
| 752 extern Widget textArea; | |
| 753 balloonEval = gui_mch_create_beval_area(textArea, NULL, | |
| 216 | 754 &general_beval_cb, NULL); |
| 187 | 755 } |
| 756 # else | |
| 757 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
| 758 balloonEval = gui_mch_create_beval_area(NULL, NULL, | |
| 759 &general_beval_cb, NULL); | |
| 760 # endif | |
| 761 # endif | |
| 762 # endif | |
| 763 if (!p_beval) | |
| 764 gui_mch_disable_beval_area(balloonEval); | |
| 765 #endif | |
| 766 | |
| 7 | 767 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 768 if (!im_xim_isvalid_imactivate()) | |
| 769 EMSG(_("E599: Value of 'imactivatekey' is invalid")); | |
| 770 #endif | |
| 37 | 771 /* When 'cmdheight' was set during startup it may not have taken |
| 772 * effect yet. */ | |
| 773 if (p_ch != 1L) | |
| 824 | 774 command_height(); |
| 7 | 775 |
| 776 return; | |
| 777 } | |
| 778 | |
| 779 error2: | |
| 780 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 | |
| 781 /* undo gui_mch_init() */ | |
| 782 gui_mch_uninit(); | |
| 783 #endif | |
| 784 | |
| 785 error: | |
| 786 gui.in_use = FALSE; | |
| 787 clip_init(FALSE); | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 | |
| 790 | |
| 791 void | |
| 792 gui_exit(rc) | |
| 793 int rc; | |
| 794 { | |
| 795 /* don't free the fonts, it leads to a BUS error | |
| 796 * richard@whitequeen.com Jul 99 */ | |
| 797 free_highlight_fonts(); | |
| 798 gui.in_use = FALSE; | |
| 799 gui_mch_exit(rc); | |
| 800 } | |
| 801 | |
| 574 | 802 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \ |
| 7 | 803 || defined(FEAT_GUI_PHOTON) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) || defined(PROTO) |
| 1002 | 804 # define NEED_GUI_UPDATE_SCREEN 1 |
| 7 | 805 /* |
| 806 * Called when the GUI shell is closed by the user. If there are no changed | |
| 807 * files Vim exits, otherwise there will be a dialog to ask the user what to | |
| 808 * do. | |
| 809 * When this function returns, Vim should NOT exit! | |
| 810 */ | |
| 811 void | |
| 812 gui_shell_closed() | |
| 813 { | |
| 814 cmdmod_T save_cmdmod; | |
| 815 | |
| 816 save_cmdmod = cmdmod; | |
| 817 | |
| 818 /* Only exit when there are no changed files */ | |
| 819 exiting = TRUE; | |
| 820 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 821 cmdmod.browse = TRUE; | |
| 822 # endif | |
| 823 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
| 824 cmdmod.confirm = TRUE; | |
| 825 # endif | |
| 826 /* If there are changed buffers, present the user with a dialog if | |
| 827 * possible, otherwise give an error message. */ | |
|
7469
15eefe1b0dad
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/027387f70c671f62e3e08e0bdd09ec05b0232735
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7208
diff
changeset
|
828 if (!check_changed_any(FALSE, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 829 getout(0); |
| 830 | |
| 831 exiting = FALSE; | |
| 832 cmdmod = save_cmdmod; | |
| 1002 | 833 gui_update_screen(); /* redraw, window may show changed buffer */ |
| 7 | 834 } |
| 835 #endif | |
| 836 | |
| 837 /* | |
| 4352 | 838 * Set the font. "font_list" is a comma separated list of font names. The |
| 7 | 839 * first font name that works is used. If none is found, use the default |
| 840 * font. | |
| 841 * If "fontset" is TRUE, the "font_list" is used as one name for the fontset. | |
| 842 * Return OK when able to set the font. When it failed FAIL is returned and | |
| 843 * the fonts are unchanged. | |
| 844 */ | |
| 845 int | |
| 846 gui_init_font(font_list, fontset) | |
| 847 char_u *font_list; | |
| 1884 | 848 int fontset UNUSED; |
| 7 | 849 { |
| 850 #define FONTLEN 320 | |
| 851 char_u font_name[FONTLEN]; | |
| 852 int font_list_empty = FALSE; | |
| 853 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 854 | |
| 855 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 856 return FAIL; | |
| 857 | |
| 858 font_name[0] = NUL; | |
| 859 if (*font_list == NUL) | |
| 860 font_list_empty = TRUE; | |
| 861 else | |
| 862 { | |
| 863 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 864 /* When using a fontset, the whole list of fonts is one name. */ | |
| 865 if (fontset) | |
| 866 ret = gui_mch_init_font(font_list, TRUE); | |
| 867 else | |
| 868 #endif | |
| 869 while (*font_list != NUL) | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 /* Isolate one comma separated font name. */ | |
| 872 (void)copy_option_part(&font_list, font_name, FONTLEN, ","); | |
| 873 | |
| 874 /* Careful!!! The Win32 version of gui_mch_init_font(), when | |
| 875 * called with "*" will change p_guifont to the selected font | |
| 876 * name, which frees the old value. This makes font_list | |
| 877 * invalid. Thus when OK is returned here, font_list must no | |
| 878 * longer be used! */ | |
| 879 if (gui_mch_init_font(font_name, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 880 { | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
881 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 882 /* If it's a Unicode font, try setting 'guifontwide' to a |
| 883 * similar double-width font. */ | |
| 884 if ((p_guifontwide == NULL || *p_guifontwide == NUL) | |
| 885 && strstr((char *)font_name, "10646") != NULL) | |
| 886 set_guifontwide(font_name); | |
| 887 #endif | |
| 888 ret = OK; | |
| 889 break; | |
| 890 } | |
| 891 } | |
| 892 } | |
| 893 | |
| 894 if (ret != OK | |
| 895 && STRCMP(font_list, "*") != 0 | |
| 896 && (font_list_empty || gui.norm_font == NOFONT)) | |
| 897 { | |
| 898 /* | |
| 899 * Couldn't load any font in 'font_list', keep the current font if | |
| 900 * there is one. If 'font_list' is empty, or if there is no current | |
| 901 * font, tell gui_mch_init_font() to try to find a font we can load. | |
| 902 */ | |
| 903 ret = gui_mch_init_font(NULL, FALSE); | |
| 904 } | |
| 905 | |
| 906 if (ret == OK) | |
| 907 { | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
908 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 909 /* Set normal font as current font */ |
| 910 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 911 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
| 912 gui_mch_set_fontset(gui.fontset); | |
| 913 else | |
| 914 # endif | |
| 915 gui_mch_set_font(gui.norm_font); | |
| 916 #endif | |
| 3923 | 917 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, TRUE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 918 } |
| 919 | |
| 920 return ret; | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 | |
| 923 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
924 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 925 /* |
| 926 * Try setting 'guifontwide' to a font twice as wide as "name". | |
| 927 */ | |
| 928 static void | |
| 929 set_guifontwide(name) | |
| 930 char_u *name; | |
| 931 { | |
| 932 int i = 0; | |
| 933 char_u wide_name[FONTLEN + 10]; /* room for 2 * width and '*' */ | |
| 934 char_u *wp = NULL; | |
| 935 char_u *p; | |
| 936 GuiFont font; | |
| 937 | |
| 938 wp = wide_name; | |
| 939 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 940 { | |
| 941 *wp++ = *p; | |
| 942 if (*p == '-') | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 ++i; | |
| 945 if (i == 6) /* font type: change "--" to "-*-" */ | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 if (p[1] == '-') | |
| 948 *wp++ = '*'; | |
| 949 } | |
| 950 else if (i == 12) /* found the width */ | |
| 951 { | |
| 952 ++p; | |
| 953 i = getdigits(&p); | |
| 954 if (i != 0) | |
| 955 { | |
| 956 /* Double the width specification. */ | |
| 957 sprintf((char *)wp, "%d%s", i * 2, p); | |
| 958 font = gui_mch_get_font(wide_name, FALSE); | |
| 959 if (font != NOFONT) | |
| 960 { | |
| 37 | 961 gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_font); |
| 7 | 962 gui.wide_font = font; |
| 963 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"gfw", -1, | |
| 694 | 964 wide_name, OPT_FREE, 0); |
| 7 | 965 } |
| 966 } | |
| 967 break; | |
| 968 } | |
| 969 } | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 } | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
972 # endif /* !FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 7 | 973 |
| 974 /* | |
| 975 * Get the font for 'guifontwide'. | |
| 976 * Return FAIL for an invalid font name. | |
| 977 */ | |
| 978 int | |
| 979 gui_get_wide_font() | |
| 980 { | |
| 981 GuiFont font = NOFONT; | |
| 982 char_u font_name[FONTLEN]; | |
| 983 char_u *p; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 if (!gui.in_use) /* Can't allocate font yet, assume it's OK. */ | |
| 986 return OK; /* Will give an error message later. */ | |
| 987 | |
| 988 if (p_guifontwide != NULL && *p_guifontwide != NUL) | |
| 989 { | |
| 990 for (p = p_guifontwide; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 991 { | |
| 992 /* Isolate one comma separated font name. */ | |
| 993 (void)copy_option_part(&p, font_name, FONTLEN, ","); | |
| 994 font = gui_mch_get_font(font_name, FALSE); | |
| 995 if (font != NOFONT) | |
| 996 break; | |
| 997 } | |
| 998 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 999 return FAIL; | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_font); | |
| 4250 | 1003 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 1004 /* Avoid unnecessary overhead if 'guifontwide' is equal to 'guifont'. */ |
| 1005 if (font != NOFONT && gui.norm_font != NOFONT | |
| 1006 && pango_font_description_equal(font, gui.norm_font)) | |
| 1007 { | |
| 1008 gui.wide_font = NOFONT; | |
| 1009 gui_mch_free_font(font); | |
| 1010 } | |
| 1011 else | |
| 4250 | 1012 # endif |
| 7 | 1013 gui.wide_font = font; |
| 4250 | 1014 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN |
| 4055 | 1015 gui_mch_wide_font_changed(); |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
1016 # else |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
1017 /* |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
1018 * TODO: setup wide_bold_font, wide_ital_font and wide_boldital_font to |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
1019 * support those fonts for 'guifontwide'. |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
1020 */ |
| 4250 | 1021 # endif |
| 7 | 1022 return OK; |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 #endif | |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 void | |
| 1027 gui_set_cursor(row, col) | |
| 1028 int row; | |
| 1029 int col; | |
| 1030 { | |
| 1031 gui.row = row; | |
| 1032 gui.col = col; | |
| 1033 } | |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 /* | |
| 1036 * gui_check_pos - check if the cursor is on the screen. | |
| 1037 */ | |
| 1038 static void | |
| 1039 gui_check_pos() | |
| 1040 { | |
| 1041 if (gui.row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 1042 gui.row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 1043 if (gui.col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 1044 gui.col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 1045 if (gui.cursor_row >= screen_Rows || gui.cursor_col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 1046 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1047 } | |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 /* | |
| 1050 * Redraw the cursor if necessary or when forced. | |
| 1051 * Careful: The contents of ScreenLines[] must match what is on the screen, | |
| 1052 * otherwise this goes wrong. May need to call out_flush() first. | |
| 1053 */ | |
| 1054 void | |
| 1055 gui_update_cursor(force, clear_selection) | |
| 1056 int force; /* when TRUE, update even when not moved */ | |
| 1057 int clear_selection;/* clear selection under cursor */ | |
| 1058 { | |
| 1059 int cur_width = 0; | |
| 1060 int cur_height = 0; | |
| 1061 int old_hl_mask; | |
| 1062 int idx; | |
| 1063 int id; | |
| 1064 guicolor_T cfg, cbg, cc; /* cursor fore-/background color */ | |
| 1065 int cattr; /* cursor attributes */ | |
| 1066 int attr; | |
| 1067 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 1068 | |
| 1695 | 1069 /* Don't update the cursor when halfway busy scrolling or the screen size |
| 1070 * doesn't match 'columns' and 'lines. ScreenLines[] isn't valid then. */ | |
| 1071 if (!can_update_cursor || screen_Columns != gui.num_cols | |
| 1072 || screen_Rows != gui.num_rows) | |
| 7 | 1073 return; |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 gui_check_pos(); | |
| 1076 if (!gui.cursor_is_valid || force | |
| 1077 || gui.row != gui.cursor_row || gui.col != gui.cursor_col) | |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 1080 if (gui.row < 0) | |
| 1081 return; | |
| 1082 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 1083 if (gui.row != gui.cursor_row || gui.col != gui.cursor_col) | |
| 1084 im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col); | |
| 1085 #endif | |
| 1086 gui.cursor_row = gui.row; | |
| 1087 gui.cursor_col = gui.col; | |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 /* Only write to the screen after ScreenLines[] has been initialized */ | |
| 1090 if (!screen_cleared || ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 1091 return; | |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 /* Clear the selection if we are about to write over it */ | |
| 1094 if (clear_selection) | |
| 1095 clip_may_clear_selection(gui.row, gui.row); | |
| 1096 /* Check that the cursor is inside the shell (resizing may have made | |
| 1097 * it invalid) */ | |
| 1098 if (gui.row >= screen_Rows || gui.col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 1099 return; | |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 gui.cursor_is_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 /* | |
| 1104 * How the cursor is drawn depends on the current mode. | |
| 1105 */ | |
| 1106 idx = get_shape_idx(FALSE); | |
| 1107 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 1108 id = shape_table[idx].id_lm; | |
| 1109 else | |
| 1110 id = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 /* get the colors and attributes for the cursor. Default is inverted */ | |
| 1113 cfg = INVALCOLOR; | |
| 1114 cbg = INVALCOLOR; | |
| 1115 cattr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 1116 gui_mch_set_blinking(shape_table[idx].blinkwait, | |
| 1117 shape_table[idx].blinkon, | |
| 1118 shape_table[idx].blinkoff); | |
| 1119 if (id > 0) | |
| 1120 { | |
| 1121 cattr = syn_id2colors(id, &cfg, &cbg); | |
| 1122 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) | |
| 1123 { | |
| 1124 static int iid; | |
| 1125 guicolor_T fg, bg; | |
| 1126 | |
| 1668 | 1127 if ( |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1128 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 1668 | 1129 preedit_get_status() |
| 1130 # else | |
| 1131 im_get_status() | |
| 1132 # endif | |
| 1133 ) | |
| 7 | 1134 { |
| 1135 iid = syn_name2id((char_u *)"CursorIM"); | |
| 1136 if (iid > 0) | |
| 1137 { | |
| 1138 syn_id2colors(iid, &fg, &bg); | |
| 1139 if (bg != INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1140 cbg = bg; | |
| 1141 if (fg != INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1142 cfg = fg; | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 1147 } | |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 /* | |
| 1150 * Get the attributes for the character under the cursor. | |
| 1151 * When no cursor color was given, use the character color. | |
| 1152 */ | |
| 1153 attr = ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col]; | |
| 1154 if (attr > HL_ALL) | |
| 1155 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 1156 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 1159 if (cfg == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1160 cfg = ((attr & HL_INVERSE) ? aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color | |
| 1161 : aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color); | |
| 1162 if (cbg == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1163 cbg = ((attr & HL_INVERSE) ? aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color | |
| 1164 : aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color); | |
| 1165 } | |
| 1166 if (cfg == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1167 cfg = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.back_pixel : gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 1168 if (cbg == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1169 cbg = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.norm_pixel : gui.back_pixel; | |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 #ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 1172 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 1173 { | |
| 1174 xim_bg_color = ((attr & HL_INVERSE) ? aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color | |
| 1175 : aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color); | |
| 1176 xim_fg_color = ((attr & HL_INVERSE) ? aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color | |
| 1177 : aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color); | |
| 1178 if (xim_bg_color == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1179 xim_bg_color = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.norm_pixel | |
| 1180 : gui.back_pixel; | |
| 1181 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 1182 xim_fg_color = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.back_pixel | |
| 1183 : gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 1184 } | |
| 1185 else | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 xim_bg_color = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.norm_pixel | |
| 1188 : gui.back_pixel; | |
| 1189 xim_fg_color = (attr & HL_INVERSE) ? gui.back_pixel | |
| 1190 : gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 1191 } | |
| 1192 #endif | |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 attr &= ~HL_INVERSE; | |
| 1195 if (cattr & HL_INVERSE) | |
| 1196 { | |
| 1197 cc = cbg; | |
| 1198 cbg = cfg; | |
| 1199 cfg = cc; | |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 cattr &= ~HL_INVERSE; | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 /* | |
| 1204 * When we don't have window focus, draw a hollow cursor. | |
| 1205 */ | |
| 1206 if (!gui.in_focus) | |
| 1207 { | |
| 1208 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(cbg); | |
| 1209 return; | |
| 1210 } | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 old_hl_mask = gui.highlight_mask; | |
| 1213 if (shape_table[idx].shape == SHAPE_BLOCK | |
| 1214 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 1215 || composing_hangul | |
| 1216 #endif | |
| 1217 ) | |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 /* | |
| 1220 * Draw the text character with the cursor colors. Use the | |
| 1221 * character attributes plus the cursor attributes. | |
| 1222 */ | |
| 1223 gui.highlight_mask = (cattr | attr); | |
| 1224 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 1225 if (composing_hangul) | |
|
7208
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1226 { |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1227 char_u *comp_buf; |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1228 int comp_len; |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1229 |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1230 comp_buf = hangul_composing_buffer_get(&comp_len); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1231 if (comp_buf) |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1232 { |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1233 (void)gui_outstr_nowrap(comp_buf, comp_len, |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1234 GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_NOCLEAR, |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1235 cfg, cbg, 0); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1236 vim_free(comp_buf); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1237 } |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
1238 } |
| 7 | 1239 else |
| 1240 #endif | |
| 1241 (void)gui_screenchar(LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col, | |
| 1242 GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_NOCLEAR, cfg, cbg, 0); | |
| 1243 } | |
| 1244 else | |
| 1245 { | |
| 1246 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) | |
| 1247 int col_off = FALSE; | |
| 1248 #endif | |
| 1249 /* | |
| 1250 * First draw the partial cursor, then overwrite with the text | |
| 1251 * character, using a transparent background. | |
| 1252 */ | |
| 1253 if (shape_table[idx].shape == SHAPE_VER) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 cur_height = gui.char_height; | |
| 1256 cur_width = (gui.char_width * shape_table[idx].percentage | |
| 1257 + 99) / 100; | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 else | |
| 1260 { | |
| 1261 cur_height = (gui.char_height * shape_table[idx].percentage | |
| 1262 + 99) / 100; | |
| 1263 cur_width = gui.char_width; | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 1266 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col, |
| 1267 LineOffset[gui.row] + screen_Columns) > 1) | |
| 7 | 1268 { |
| 1269 /* Double wide character. */ | |
| 1270 if (shape_table[idx].shape != SHAPE_VER) | |
| 1271 cur_width += gui.char_width; | |
| 1272 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1273 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 1274 { | |
| 1275 /* gui.col points to the left halve of the character but | |
| 1276 * the vertical line needs to be on the right halve. | |
| 1277 * A double-wide horizontal line is also drawn from the | |
| 1278 * right halve in gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(). */ | |
| 1279 col_off = TRUE; | |
| 1280 ++gui.col; | |
| 1281 } | |
| 1282 # endif | |
| 1283 } | |
| 1284 #endif | |
| 1285 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(cur_width, cur_height, cbg); | |
| 1286 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) | |
| 1287 if (col_off) | |
| 1288 --gui.col; | |
| 1289 #endif | |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN /* doesn't seem to work for MSWindows */ | |
| 1292 gui.highlight_mask = ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col]; | |
| 1293 (void)gui_screenchar(LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col, | |
| 1294 GUI_MON_TRS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_NOCLEAR, | |
| 1295 (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, 0); | |
| 1296 #endif | |
| 1297 } | |
| 1298 gui.highlight_mask = old_hl_mask; | |
| 1299 } | |
| 1300 } | |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1303 void | |
| 1304 gui_position_menu() | |
| 1305 { | |
| 574 | 1306 # if !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) |
| 7 | 1307 if (gui.menu_is_active && gui.in_use) |
| 1308 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(0, 0, gui.menu_width, gui.menu_height); | |
| 1309 # endif | |
| 1310 } | |
| 1311 #endif | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 /* | |
| 1314 * Position the various GUI components (text area, menu). The vertical | |
| 1315 * scrollbars are NOT handled here. See gui_update_scrollbars(). | |
| 1316 */ | |
| 1317 static void | |
| 1318 gui_position_components(total_width) | |
| 1884 | 1319 int total_width UNUSED; |
| 7 | 1320 { |
| 1321 int text_area_x; | |
| 1322 int text_area_y; | |
| 1323 int text_area_width; | |
| 1324 int text_area_height; | |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 /* avoid that moving components around generates events */ | |
| 1327 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 text_area_x = 0; | |
| 1330 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1331 text_area_x += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 text_area_y = 0; | |
| 1334 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) && !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_PHOTON)) | |
| 1335 gui.menu_width = total_width; | |
| 1336 if (gui.menu_is_active) | |
| 1337 text_area_y += gui.menu_height; | |
| 1338 #endif | |
| 1339 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) | |
| 1340 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL) | |
| 1341 text_area_y = TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT + TOOLBAR_BORDER_HEIGHT; | |
| 1342 #endif | |
| 1343 | |
| 819 | 1344 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \ |
| 1378 | 1345 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC)) |
| 810 | 1346 if (gui_has_tabline()) |
| 843 | 1347 text_area_y += gui.tabline_height; |
| 810 | 1348 #endif |
| 1349 | |
| 7 | 1350 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) |
| 1351 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA | |
| 1354 gui_mch_set_toolbar_pos(0, text_area_y, | |
| 1355 gui.menu_width, gui.toolbar_height); | |
| 1356 # endif | |
| 1357 text_area_y += gui.toolbar_height; | |
| 1358 } | |
| 1359 #endif | |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 text_area_width = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width + gui.border_offset * 2; | |
| 1362 text_area_height = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height + gui.border_offset * 2; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(text_area_x, | |
| 1365 text_area_y, | |
| 1366 text_area_width, | |
| 1367 text_area_height | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1368 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 1369 + xim_get_status_area_height() |
| 1370 #endif | |
| 1371 ); | |
| 1372 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1373 gui_position_menu(); | |
| 1374 #endif | |
| 1375 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1376 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(&gui.bottom_sbar, | |
| 1377 text_area_x, | |
| 1378 text_area_y + text_area_height, | |
| 1379 text_area_width, | |
| 1380 gui.scrollbar_height); | |
| 1381 gui.left_sbar_x = 0; | |
| 1382 gui.right_sbar_x = text_area_x + text_area_width; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 1385 } | |
| 1386 | |
| 444 | 1387 /* |
| 1388 * Get the width of the widgets and decorations to the side of the text area. | |
| 1389 */ | |
| 7 | 1390 int |
| 1391 gui_get_base_width() | |
| 1392 { | |
| 1393 int base_width; | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 base_width = 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1396 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1397 base_width += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1398 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1399 base_width += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1400 return base_width; | |
| 1401 } | |
| 1402 | |
| 444 | 1403 /* |
| 1404 * Get the height of the widgets and decorations above and below the text area. | |
| 1405 */ | |
| 7 | 1406 int |
| 1407 gui_get_base_height() | |
| 1408 { | |
| 1409 int base_height; | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 base_height = 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1412 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1413 base_height += gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1414 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 1415 /* We can't take the sizes properly into account until anything is | |
| 1416 * realized. Therefore we recalculate all the values here just before | |
| 1417 * setting the size. (--mdcki) */ | |
| 1418 #else | |
| 1419 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1420 if (gui.menu_is_active) | |
| 1421 base_height += gui.menu_height; | |
| 1422 # endif | |
| 1423 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 1424 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL) | |
| 1425 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) && defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) | |
| 1426 base_height += (TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT + TOOLBAR_BORDER_HEIGHT); | |
| 1427 # else | |
| 1428 base_height += gui.toolbar_height; | |
| 1429 # endif | |
| 1430 # endif | |
| 819 | 1431 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \ |
| 1432 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) | |
| 810 | 1433 if (gui_has_tabline()) |
| 843 | 1434 base_height += gui.tabline_height; |
| 810 | 1435 # endif |
| 7 | 1436 # ifdef FEAT_FOOTER |
| 1437 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_FOOTER) != NULL) | |
| 1438 base_height += gui.footer_height; | |
| 1439 # endif | |
| 1440 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 1441 base_height += gui_mch_text_area_extra_height(); | |
| 1442 # endif | |
| 1443 #endif | |
| 1444 return base_height; | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 /* | |
| 1448 * Should be called after the GUI shell has been resized. Its arguments are | |
| 1449 * the new width and height of the shell in pixels. | |
| 1450 */ | |
| 1451 void | |
| 1452 gui_resize_shell(pixel_width, pixel_height) | |
| 1453 int pixel_width; | |
| 1454 int pixel_height; | |
| 1455 { | |
| 1456 static int busy = FALSE; | |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 if (!gui.shell_created) /* ignore when still initializing */ | |
| 1459 return; | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 /* | |
| 1462 * Can't resize the screen while it is being redrawn. Remember the new | |
| 1463 * size and handle it later. | |
| 1464 */ | |
| 1465 if (updating_screen || busy) | |
| 1466 { | |
| 1467 new_pixel_width = pixel_width; | |
| 1468 new_pixel_height = pixel_height; | |
| 1469 return; | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 again: | |
| 1473 busy = TRUE; | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 /* Flush pending output before redrawing */ | |
| 1476 out_flush(); | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 gui.num_cols = (pixel_width - gui_get_base_width()) / gui.char_width; | |
| 1529 | 1479 gui.num_rows = (pixel_height - gui_get_base_height()) / gui.char_height; |
| 7 | 1480 |
| 1481 gui_position_components(pixel_width); | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 gui_reset_scroll_region(); | |
| 1484 /* | |
| 1485 * At the "more" and ":confirm" prompt there is no redraw, put the cursor | |
| 1486 * at the last line here (why does it have to be one row too low?). | |
| 1487 */ | |
| 1488 if (State == ASKMORE || State == CONFIRM) | |
| 1489 gui.row = gui.num_rows; | |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 /* Only comparing Rows and Columns may be sufficient, but let's stay on | |
| 1492 * the safe side. */ | |
| 1493 if (gui.num_rows != screen_Rows || gui.num_cols != screen_Columns | |
| 1494 || gui.num_rows != Rows || gui.num_cols != Columns) | |
| 1495 shell_resized(); | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 gui_update_scrollbars(TRUE); | |
| 1498 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, TRUE); | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1499 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 1500 xim_set_status_area(); |
| 1501 #endif | |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 busy = FALSE; | |
| 669 | 1504 |
| 7 | 1505 /* |
| 1506 * We could have been called again while redrawing the screen. | |
| 1507 * Need to do it all again with the latest size then. | |
| 1508 */ | |
| 1509 if (new_pixel_height) | |
| 1510 { | |
| 1511 pixel_width = new_pixel_width; | |
| 1512 pixel_height = new_pixel_height; | |
| 1513 new_pixel_width = 0; | |
| 1514 new_pixel_height = 0; | |
| 1515 goto again; | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 /* | |
| 1520 * Check if gui_resize_shell() must be called. | |
| 1521 */ | |
| 1522 void | |
| 1523 gui_may_resize_shell() | |
| 1524 { | |
| 1525 int h, w; | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 if (new_pixel_height) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 /* careful: gui_resize_shell() may postpone the resize again if we | |
| 1530 * were called indirectly by it */ | |
| 1531 w = new_pixel_width; | |
| 1532 h = new_pixel_height; | |
| 1533 new_pixel_width = 0; | |
| 1534 new_pixel_height = 0; | |
| 1535 gui_resize_shell(w, h); | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 int | |
| 1540 gui_get_shellsize() | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 Rows = gui.num_rows; | |
| 1543 Columns = gui.num_cols; | |
| 1544 return OK; | |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 /* | |
| 1548 * Set the size of the Vim shell according to Rows and Columns. | |
| 444 | 1549 * If "fit_to_display" is TRUE then the size may be reduced to fit the window |
| 1550 * on the screen. | |
| 7 | 1551 */ |
| 1552 void | |
| 811 | 1553 gui_set_shellsize(mustset, fit_to_display, direction) |
| 1884 | 1554 int mustset UNUSED; /* set by the user */ |
| 7 | 1555 int fit_to_display; |
| 811 | 1556 int direction; /* RESIZE_HOR, RESIZE_VER */ |
| 7 | 1557 { |
| 1558 int base_width; | |
| 1559 int base_height; | |
| 1560 int width; | |
| 1561 int height; | |
| 1562 int min_width; | |
| 1563 int min_height; | |
| 1564 int screen_w; | |
| 1565 int screen_h; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1967 | 1567 int un_maximize = mustset; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1568 int did_adjust = 0; |
| 1967 | 1569 #endif |
|
2065
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1570 int x = -1, y = -1; |
| 7 | 1571 |
| 1572 if (!gui.shell_created) | |
| 1573 return; | |
| 1574 | |
| 3014 | 1575 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 1576 /* If not setting to a user specified size and maximized, calculate the |
| 1577 * number of characters that fit in the maximized window. */ | |
| 1578 if (!mustset && gui_mch_maximized()) | |
| 1579 { | |
| 1580 gui_mch_newfont(); | |
| 1581 return; | |
| 1582 } | |
| 1583 #endif | |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 base_width = gui_get_base_width(); | |
| 1586 base_height = gui_get_base_height(); | |
|
2065
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1587 if (fit_to_display) |
|
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1588 /* Remember the original window position. */ |
| 7009 | 1589 (void)gui_mch_get_winpos(&x, &y); |
|
2065
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1590 |
| 7 | 1591 #ifdef USE_SUN_WORKSHOP |
| 1592 if (!mustset && usingSunWorkShop | |
| 1593 && workshop_get_width_height(&width, &height)) | |
| 1594 { | |
| 1595 Columns = (width - base_width + gui.char_width - 1) / gui.char_width; | |
| 1596 Rows = (height - base_height + gui.char_height - 1) / gui.char_height; | |
| 1597 } | |
| 1598 else | |
| 1599 #endif | |
| 1600 { | |
| 1601 width = Columns * gui.char_width + base_width; | |
| 1602 height = Rows * gui.char_height + base_height; | |
| 1603 } | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 if (fit_to_display) | |
| 1606 { | |
| 1607 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(&screen_w, &screen_h); | |
| 811 | 1608 if ((direction & RESIZE_HOR) && width > screen_w) |
| 7 | 1609 { |
| 1610 Columns = (screen_w - base_width) / gui.char_width; | |
| 1611 if (Columns < MIN_COLUMNS) | |
| 1612 Columns = MIN_COLUMNS; | |
| 1613 width = Columns * gui.char_width + base_width; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1614 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1967 | 1615 ++did_adjust; |
| 1616 #endif | |
| 7 | 1617 } |
| 811 | 1618 if ((direction & RESIZE_VERT) && height > screen_h) |
| 7 | 1619 { |
| 1620 Rows = (screen_h - base_height) / gui.char_height; | |
| 1621 check_shellsize(); | |
| 1622 height = Rows * gui.char_height + base_height; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1623 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1967 | 1624 ++did_adjust; |
| 1625 #endif | |
| 7 | 1626 } |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1967 | 1628 if (did_adjust == 2 || (width + gui.char_width >= screen_w |
| 1629 && height + gui.char_height >= screen_h)) | |
| 1630 /* don't unmaximize if at maximum size */ | |
| 1631 un_maximize = FALSE; | |
| 1632 #endif | |
| 7 | 1633 } |
|
5070
cf52d2a8c05c
updated for version 7.3.1278
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5045
diff
changeset
|
1634 limit_screen_size(); |
| 7 | 1635 gui.num_cols = Columns; |
| 1636 gui.num_rows = Rows; | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 min_width = base_width + MIN_COLUMNS * gui.char_width; | |
| 1639 min_height = base_height + MIN_LINES * gui.char_height; | |
| 1967 | 1640 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 685 | 1641 min_height += tabline_height() * gui.char_height; |
| 1967 | 1642 #endif |
| 1643 | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
1644 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1967 | 1645 if (un_maximize) |
| 1646 { | |
| 1647 /* If the window size is smaller than the screen unmaximize the | |
| 1648 * window, otherwise resizing won't work. */ | |
| 1649 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(&screen_w, &screen_h); | |
| 1650 if ((width + gui.char_width < screen_w | |
| 1651 || height + gui.char_height * 2 < screen_h) | |
| 1652 && gui_mch_maximized()) | |
| 1653 gui_mch_unmaximize(); | |
| 1654 } | |
| 1655 #endif | |
| 7 | 1656 |
| 1657 gui_mch_set_shellsize(width, height, min_width, min_height, | |
| 811 | 1658 base_width, base_height, direction); |
|
2065
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1659 |
|
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1660 if (fit_to_display && x >= 0 && y >= 0) |
| 7 | 1661 { |
|
2065
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1662 /* Some window managers put the Vim window left of/above the screen. |
|
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1663 * Only change the position if it wasn't already negative before |
|
9b78bb3794ba
updated for version 7.2.350
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1967
diff
changeset
|
1664 * (happens on MS-Windows with a secondary monitor). */ |
| 7 | 1665 gui_mch_update(); |
| 1666 if (gui_mch_get_winpos(&x, &y) == OK && (x < 0 || y < 0)) | |
| 1667 gui_mch_set_winpos(x < 0 ? 0 : x, y < 0 ? 0 : y); | |
| 1668 } | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 gui_position_components(width); | |
| 1671 gui_update_scrollbars(TRUE); | |
| 1672 gui_reset_scroll_region(); | |
| 1673 } | |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 /* | |
| 1676 * Called when Rows and/or Columns has changed. | |
| 1677 */ | |
| 1678 void | |
| 1679 gui_new_shellsize() | |
| 1680 { | |
| 1681 gui_reset_scroll_region(); | |
| 1682 } | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 /* | |
| 1685 * Make scroll region cover whole screen. | |
| 1686 */ | |
| 1687 void | |
| 1688 gui_reset_scroll_region() | |
| 1689 { | |
| 1690 gui.scroll_region_top = 0; | |
| 1691 gui.scroll_region_bot = gui.num_rows - 1; | |
| 1692 gui.scroll_region_left = 0; | |
| 1693 gui.scroll_region_right = gui.num_cols - 1; | |
| 1694 } | |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 void | |
| 1697 gui_start_highlight(mask) | |
| 1698 int mask; | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 if (mask > HL_ALL) /* highlight code */ | |
| 1701 gui.highlight_mask = mask; | |
| 1702 else /* mask */ | |
| 1703 gui.highlight_mask |= mask; | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 void | |
| 1707 gui_stop_highlight(mask) | |
| 1708 int mask; | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 if (mask > HL_ALL) /* highlight code */ | |
| 1711 gui.highlight_mask = HL_NORMAL; | |
| 1712 else /* mask */ | |
| 1713 gui.highlight_mask &= ~mask; | |
| 1714 } | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 /* | |
| 1717 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 1718 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 1719 */ | |
| 1720 void | |
| 1721 gui_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2) | |
| 1722 int row1; | |
| 1723 int col1; | |
| 1724 int row2; | |
| 1725 int col2; | |
| 1726 { | |
| 1727 /* Clear the selection if we are about to write over it */ | |
| 1728 clip_may_clear_selection(row1, row2); | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2); | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 /* Invalidate cursor if it was in this block */ | |
| 1733 if ( gui.cursor_row >= row1 && gui.cursor_row <= row2 | |
| 1734 && gui.cursor_col >= col1 && gui.cursor_col <= col2) | |
| 1735 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1736 } | |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 /* | |
| 1739 * Write code to update the cursor later. This avoids the need to flush the | |
| 1740 * output buffer before calling gui_update_cursor(). | |
| 1741 */ | |
| 1742 void | |
| 1743 gui_update_cursor_later() | |
| 1744 { | |
| 1745 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033|s", ESC_STR "|s")); | |
| 1746 } | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 void | |
| 1749 gui_write(s, len) | |
| 1750 char_u *s; | |
| 1751 int len; | |
| 1752 { | |
| 1753 char_u *p; | |
| 1754 int arg1 = 0, arg2 = 0; | |
| 1755 int force_cursor = FALSE; /* force cursor update */ | |
| 1756 int force_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 1757 static win_T *old_curwin = NULL; | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 /* #define DEBUG_GUI_WRITE */ | |
| 1760 #ifdef DEBUG_GUI_WRITE | |
| 1761 { | |
| 1762 int i; | |
| 1763 char_u *str; | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 printf("gui_write(%d):\n ", len); | |
| 1766 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 1767 if (s[i] == ESC) | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 if (i != 0) | |
| 1770 printf("\n "); | |
| 1771 printf("<ESC>"); | |
| 1772 } | |
| 1773 else | |
| 1774 { | |
| 1775 str = transchar_byte(s[i]); | |
| 1776 if (str[0] && str[1]) | |
| 1777 printf("<%s>", (char *)str); | |
| 1778 else | |
| 1779 printf("%s", (char *)str); | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 printf("\n"); | |
| 1782 } | |
| 1783 #endif | |
| 1784 while (len) | |
| 1785 { | |
| 1786 if (s[0] == ESC && s[1] == '|') | |
| 1787 { | |
| 1788 p = s + 2; | |
| 1789 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 1790 { | |
| 1791 arg1 = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1792 if (p > s + len) | |
| 1793 break; | |
| 1794 if (*p == ';') | |
| 1795 { | |
| 1796 ++p; | |
| 1797 arg2 = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1798 if (p > s + len) | |
| 1799 break; | |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 } | |
| 1802 switch (*p) | |
| 1803 { | |
| 1804 case 'C': /* Clear screen */ | |
| 1805 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 1806 gui_mch_clear_all(); | |
| 1807 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1808 force_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 1809 break; | |
| 1810 case 'M': /* Move cursor */ | |
| 1811 gui_set_cursor(arg1, arg2); | |
| 1812 break; | |
| 1813 case 's': /* force cursor (shape) update */ | |
| 1814 force_cursor = TRUE; | |
| 1815 break; | |
| 1816 case 'R': /* Set scroll region */ | |
| 1817 if (arg1 < arg2) | |
| 1818 { | |
| 1819 gui.scroll_region_top = arg1; | |
| 1820 gui.scroll_region_bot = arg2; | |
| 1821 } | |
| 1822 else | |
| 1823 { | |
| 1824 gui.scroll_region_top = arg2; | |
| 1825 gui.scroll_region_bot = arg1; | |
| 1826 } | |
| 1827 break; | |
| 1828 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1829 case 'V': /* Set vertical scroll region */ | |
| 1830 if (arg1 < arg2) | |
| 1831 { | |
| 1832 gui.scroll_region_left = arg1; | |
| 1833 gui.scroll_region_right = arg2; | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 else | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 gui.scroll_region_left = arg2; | |
| 1838 gui.scroll_region_right = arg1; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 break; | |
| 1841 #endif | |
| 1842 case 'd': /* Delete line */ | |
| 1843 gui_delete_lines(gui.row, 1); | |
| 1844 break; | |
| 1845 case 'D': /* Delete lines */ | |
| 1846 gui_delete_lines(gui.row, arg1); | |
| 1847 break; | |
| 1848 case 'i': /* Insert line */ | |
| 1849 gui_insert_lines(gui.row, 1); | |
| 1850 break; | |
| 1851 case 'I': /* Insert lines */ | |
| 1852 gui_insert_lines(gui.row, arg1); | |
| 1853 break; | |
| 1854 case '$': /* Clear to end-of-line */ | |
| 1855 gui_clear_block(gui.row, gui.col, gui.row, | |
| 1856 (int)Columns - 1); | |
| 1857 break; | |
| 1858 case 'h': /* Turn on highlighting */ | |
| 1859 gui_start_highlight(arg1); | |
| 1860 break; | |
| 1861 case 'H': /* Turn off highlighting */ | |
| 1862 gui_stop_highlight(arg1); | |
| 1863 break; | |
| 1864 case 'f': /* flash the window (visual bell) */ | |
| 1865 gui_mch_flash(arg1 == 0 ? 20 : arg1); | |
| 1866 break; | |
| 1867 default: | |
| 1868 p = s + 1; /* Skip the ESC */ | |
| 1869 break; | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 len -= (int)(++p - s); | |
| 1872 s = p; | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 else if ( | |
| 1875 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1876 CtrlChar(s[0]) != 0 /* Ctrl character */ | |
| 1877 #else | |
| 1878 s[0] < 0x20 /* Ctrl character */ | |
| 1879 #endif | |
| 1880 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 1881 && s[0] != SIGN_BYTE | |
| 1882 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1883 && s[0] != MULTISIGN_BYTE | |
| 1884 # endif | |
| 1885 #endif | |
| 1886 ) | |
| 1887 { | |
| 1888 if (s[0] == '\n') /* NL */ | |
| 1889 { | |
| 1890 gui.col = 0; | |
| 1891 if (gui.row < gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 1892 gui.row++; | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 gui_delete_lines(gui.scroll_region_top, 1); | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 else if (s[0] == '\r') /* CR */ | |
| 1897 { | |
| 1898 gui.col = 0; | |
| 1899 } | |
| 1900 else if (s[0] == '\b') /* Backspace */ | |
| 1901 { | |
| 1902 if (gui.col) | |
| 1903 --gui.col; | |
| 1904 } | |
| 1905 else if (s[0] == Ctrl_L) /* cursor-right */ | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 ++gui.col; | |
| 1908 } | |
| 1909 else if (s[0] == Ctrl_G) /* Beep */ | |
| 1910 { | |
| 1911 gui_mch_beep(); | |
| 1912 } | |
| 1913 /* Other Ctrl character: shouldn't happen! */ | |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 --len; /* Skip this char */ | |
| 1916 ++s; | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 else | |
| 1919 { | |
| 1920 p = s; | |
| 1921 while (len > 0 && ( | |
| 1922 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1923 CtrlChar(*p) == 0 | |
| 1924 #else | |
| 1925 *p >= 0x20 | |
| 1926 #endif | |
| 1927 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 1928 || *p == SIGN_BYTE | |
| 1929 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1930 || *p == MULTISIGN_BYTE | |
| 1931 # endif | |
| 1932 #endif | |
| 1933 )) | |
| 1934 { | |
| 1935 len--; | |
| 1936 p++; | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 gui_outstr(s, (int)(p - s)); | |
| 1939 s = p; | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 /* Postponed update of the cursor (won't work if "can_update_cursor" isn't | |
| 1944 * set). */ | |
| 1945 if (force_cursor) | |
| 1946 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, TRUE); | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 /* When switching to another window the dragging must have stopped. | |
| 1949 * Required for GTK, dragged_sb isn't reset. */ | |
| 1950 if (old_curwin != curwin) | |
| 1951 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_NONE; | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 /* Update the scrollbars after clearing the screen or when switched | |
| 1954 * to another window. | |
| 1955 * Update the horizontal scrollbar always, it's difficult to check all | |
| 1956 * situations where it might change. */ | |
| 1957 if (force_scrollbar || old_curwin != curwin) | |
| 1958 gui_update_scrollbars(force_scrollbar); | |
| 1959 else | |
| 1960 gui_update_horiz_scrollbar(FALSE); | |
| 1961 old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 /* | |
| 1964 * We need to make sure this is cleared since Athena doesn't tell us when | |
| 1965 * he is done dragging. Do the same for GTK. | |
| 1966 */ | |
| 574 | 1967 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 1968 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_NONE; |
| 1969 #endif | |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 gui_mch_flush(); /* In case vim decides to take a nap */ | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* | |
| 1975 * When ScreenLines[] is invalid, updating the cursor should not be done, it | |
| 1976 * produces wrong results. Call gui_dont_update_cursor() before that code and | |
| 1977 * gui_can_update_cursor() afterwards. | |
| 1978 */ | |
| 1979 void | |
| 1980 gui_dont_update_cursor() | |
| 1981 { | |
| 1982 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 /* Undraw the cursor now, we probably can't do it after the change. */ | |
| 1985 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 1986 can_update_cursor = FALSE; | |
| 1987 } | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 void | |
| 1991 gui_can_update_cursor() | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 can_update_cursor = TRUE; | |
| 1994 /* No need to update the cursor right now, there is always more output | |
| 1995 * after scrolling. */ | |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 static void | |
| 1999 gui_outstr(s, len) | |
| 2000 char_u *s; | |
| 2001 int len; | |
| 2002 { | |
| 2003 int this_len; | |
| 2004 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2005 int cells; | |
| 2006 #endif | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 if (len == 0) | |
| 2009 return; | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 if (len < 0) | |
| 2012 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 while (len > 0) | |
| 2015 { | |
| 2016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2017 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 /* Find out how many chars fit in the current line. */ | |
| 2020 cells = 0; | |
| 2021 for (this_len = 0; this_len < len; ) | |
| 2022 { | |
| 2023 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + this_len); | |
| 2024 if (gui.col + cells > Columns) | |
| 2025 break; | |
| 474 | 2026 this_len += (*mb_ptr2len)(s + this_len); |
| 7 | 2027 } |
| 2028 if (this_len > len) | |
| 2029 this_len = len; /* don't include following composing char */ | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 else | |
| 2032 #endif | |
| 2033 if (gui.col + len > Columns) | |
| 2034 this_len = Columns - gui.col; | |
| 2035 else | |
| 2036 this_len = len; | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 (void)gui_outstr_nowrap(s, this_len, | |
| 2039 0, (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, 0); | |
| 2040 s += this_len; | |
| 2041 len -= this_len; | |
| 2042 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2043 /* fill up for a double-width char that doesn't fit. */ | |
| 2044 if (len > 0 && gui.col < Columns) | |
| 2045 (void)gui_outstr_nowrap((char_u *)" ", 1, | |
| 2046 0, (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, 0); | |
| 2047 #endif | |
| 2048 /* The cursor may wrap to the next line. */ | |
| 2049 if (gui.col >= Columns) | |
| 2050 { | |
| 2051 gui.col = 0; | |
| 2052 gui.row++; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 } | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 /* | |
| 2058 * Output one character (may be one or two display cells). | |
| 2059 * Caller must check for valid "off". | |
| 2060 * Returns FAIL or OK, just like gui_outstr_nowrap(). | |
| 2061 */ | |
| 2062 static int | |
| 2063 gui_screenchar(off, flags, fg, bg, back) | |
| 2064 int off; /* Offset from start of screen */ | |
| 2065 int flags; | |
| 2066 guicolor_T fg, bg; /* colors for cursor */ | |
| 2067 int back; /* backup this many chars when using bold trick */ | |
| 2068 { | |
| 2069 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2070 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* Don't draw right halve of a double-width UTF-8 char. "cannot happen" */ | |
| 2073 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[off] == 0) | |
| 2074 return OK; | |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 2077 /* Draw UTF-8 multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2078 return gui_outstr_nowrap(buf, utfc_char2bytes(off, buf), | |
| 2079 flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 2082 { | |
| 2083 buf[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 2084 buf[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 2085 return gui_outstr_nowrap(buf, 2, flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2086 } | |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 /* Draw non-multi-byte character or DBCS character. */ | |
| 2089 return gui_outstr_nowrap(ScreenLines + off, | |
| 474 | 2090 enc_dbcs ? (*mb_ptr2len)(ScreenLines + off) : 1, |
| 7 | 2091 flags, fg, bg, back); |
| 2092 #else | |
| 2093 return gui_outstr_nowrap(ScreenLines + off, 1, flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2094 #endif | |
| 2095 } | |
| 2096 | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2097 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 2098 /* |
| 2099 * Output the string at the given screen position. This is used in place | |
| 2100 * of gui_screenchar() where possible because Pango needs as much context | |
| 2101 * as possible to work nicely. It's a lot faster as well. | |
| 2102 */ | |
| 2103 static int | |
| 2104 gui_screenstr(off, len, flags, fg, bg, back) | |
| 2105 int off; /* Offset from start of screen */ | |
| 2106 int len; /* string length in screen cells */ | |
| 2107 int flags; | |
| 2108 guicolor_T fg, bg; /* colors for cursor */ | |
| 2109 int back; /* backup this many chars when using bold trick */ | |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 char_u *buf; | |
| 2112 int outlen = 0; | |
| 2113 int i; | |
| 2114 int retval; | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 if (len <= 0) /* "cannot happen"? */ | |
| 2117 return OK; | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 buf = alloc((unsigned)(len * MB_MAXBYTES + 1)); | |
| 2122 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 2123 return OK; /* not much we could do here... */ | |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 for (i = off; i < off + len; ++i) | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 if (ScreenLines[i] == 0) | |
| 2128 continue; /* skip second half of double-width char */ | |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 if (ScreenLinesUC[i] == 0) | |
| 2131 buf[outlen++] = ScreenLines[i]; | |
| 2132 else | |
| 2133 outlen += utfc_char2bytes(i, buf + outlen); | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 buf[outlen] = NUL; /* only to aid debugging */ | |
| 2137 retval = gui_outstr_nowrap(buf, outlen, flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2138 vim_free(buf); | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 return retval; | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 2143 { | |
| 2144 buf = alloc((unsigned)(len * 2 + 1)); | |
| 2145 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 2146 return OK; /* not much we could do here... */ | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 for (i = off; i < off + len; ++i) | |
| 2149 { | |
| 2150 buf[outlen++] = ScreenLines[i]; | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 /* handle double-byte single-width char */ | |
| 2153 if (ScreenLines[i] == 0x8e) | |
| 2154 buf[outlen++] = ScreenLines2[i]; | |
| 2155 else if (MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[i]) == 2) | |
| 2156 buf[outlen++] = ScreenLines[++i]; | |
| 2157 } | |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 buf[outlen] = NUL; /* only to aid debugging */ | |
| 2160 retval = gui_outstr_nowrap(buf, outlen, flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2161 vim_free(buf); | |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 return retval; | |
| 2164 } | |
| 2165 else | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 return gui_outstr_nowrap(&ScreenLines[off], len, | |
| 2168 flags, fg, bg, back); | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 } | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2171 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 7 | 2172 |
| 2173 /* | |
| 2174 * Output the given string at the current cursor position. If the string is | |
| 2175 * too long to fit on the line, then it is truncated. | |
| 2176 * "flags": | |
| 2177 * GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR should only be used when this function is being called to | |
| 2178 * actually draw (an inverted) cursor. | |
| 1199 | 2179 * GUI_MON_TRS_CURSOR is used to draw the cursor text with a transparent |
| 7 | 2180 * background. |
| 2181 * GUI_MON_NOCLEAR is used to avoid clearing the selection when drawing over | |
| 2182 * it. | |
| 2183 * Returns OK, unless "back" is non-zero and using the bold trick, then return | |
| 2184 * FAIL (the caller should start drawing "back" chars back). | |
| 2185 */ | |
| 2186 int | |
| 2187 gui_outstr_nowrap(s, len, flags, fg, bg, back) | |
| 2188 char_u *s; | |
| 2189 int len; | |
| 2190 int flags; | |
| 2191 guicolor_T fg, bg; /* colors for cursor */ | |
| 2192 int back; /* backup this many chars when using bold trick */ | |
| 2193 { | |
| 2194 long_u highlight_mask; | |
| 2195 long_u hl_mask_todo; | |
| 2196 guicolor_T fg_color; | |
| 2197 guicolor_T bg_color; | |
| 203 | 2198 guicolor_T sp_color; |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2199 #if !defined(MSWIN16_FASTTEXT) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2200 GuiFont font = NOFONT; |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2201 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2202 GuiFont wide_font = NOFONT; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2203 # endif |
| 7 | 2204 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET |
| 2205 GuiFontset fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
| 2206 # endif | |
| 2207 #endif | |
| 2208 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 2209 int draw_flags; | |
| 2210 int col = gui.col; | |
| 2211 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 2212 int draw_sign = FALSE; | |
| 2213 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2214 int multi_sign = FALSE; | |
| 2215 # endif | |
| 2216 #endif | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 if (len < 0) | |
| 2219 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2220 if (len == 0) | |
| 2221 return OK; | |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 2224 if (*s == SIGN_BYTE | |
| 2225 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2226 || *s == MULTISIGN_BYTE | |
| 2227 # endif | |
| 2228 ) | |
| 2229 { | |
| 2230 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2231 if (*s == MULTISIGN_BYTE) | |
| 2232 multi_sign = TRUE; | |
| 2233 # endif | |
| 2234 /* draw spaces instead */ | |
| 2235 s = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 2236 if (len == 1 && col > 0) | |
| 2237 --col; | |
| 2238 len = 2; | |
| 2239 draw_sign = TRUE; | |
| 2240 highlight_mask = 0; | |
| 2241 } | |
| 2242 else | |
| 2243 #endif | |
| 2244 if (gui.highlight_mask > HL_ALL) | |
| 2245 { | |
| 2246 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(gui.highlight_mask); | |
| 2247 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */ | |
| 2248 highlight_mask = 0; | |
| 2249 else | |
| 2250 highlight_mask = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 2251 } | |
| 2252 else | |
| 2253 highlight_mask = gui.highlight_mask; | |
| 2254 hl_mask_todo = highlight_mask; | |
| 2255 | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2256 #if !defined(MSWIN16_FASTTEXT) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2257 /* Set the font */ |
| 2258 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT) | |
| 2259 font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; | |
| 2260 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2261 else if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
| 2262 fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; | |
| 2263 # endif | |
| 2264 else | |
| 2265 { | |
| 2266 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2267 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
| 2268 fontset = gui.fontset; | |
| 2269 else | |
| 2270 # endif | |
| 2271 if (hl_mask_todo & (HL_BOLD | HL_STANDOUT)) | |
| 2272 { | |
| 2273 if ((hl_mask_todo & HL_ITALIC) && gui.boldital_font != NOFONT) | |
| 2274 { | |
| 2275 font = gui.boldital_font; | |
| 2276 hl_mask_todo &= ~(HL_BOLD | HL_STANDOUT | HL_ITALIC); | |
| 2277 } | |
| 2278 else if (gui.bold_font != NOFONT) | |
| 2279 { | |
| 2280 font = gui.bold_font; | |
| 2281 hl_mask_todo &= ~(HL_BOLD | HL_STANDOUT); | |
| 2282 } | |
| 2283 else | |
| 2284 font = gui.norm_font; | |
| 2285 } | |
| 2286 else if ((hl_mask_todo & HL_ITALIC) && gui.ital_font != NOFONT) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 font = gui.ital_font; | |
| 2289 hl_mask_todo &= ~HL_ITALIC; | |
| 2290 } | |
| 2291 else | |
| 2292 font = gui.norm_font; | |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2294 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2295 /* |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2296 * Choose correct wide_font by font. wide_font should be set with font |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2297 * at same time in above block. But it will make many "ifdef" nasty |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2298 * blocks. So we do it here. |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2299 */ |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2300 if (font == gui.boldital_font && gui.wide_boldital_font) |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2301 wide_font = gui.wide_boldital_font; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2302 else if (font == gui.bold_font && gui.wide_bold_font) |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2303 wide_font = gui.wide_bold_font; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2304 else if (font == gui.ital_font && gui.wide_ital_font) |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2305 wide_font = gui.wide_ital_font; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2306 else if (font == gui.norm_font && gui.wide_font) |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2307 wide_font = gui.wide_font; |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2308 # endif |
|
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2309 |
| 7 | 2310 } |
| 2311 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2312 if (fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
| 2313 gui_mch_set_fontset(fontset); | |
| 2314 else | |
| 2315 # endif | |
| 2316 gui_mch_set_font(font); | |
| 2317 #endif | |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 draw_flags = 0; | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 /* Set the color */ | |
| 2322 bg_color = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 2323 if ((flags & GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR) && gui.in_focus) | |
| 2324 { | |
| 2325 draw_flags |= DRAW_CURSOR; | |
| 2326 fg_color = fg; | |
| 2327 bg_color = bg; | |
| 203 | 2328 sp_color = fg; |
| 7 | 2329 } |
| 2330 else if (aep != NULL) | |
| 2331 { | |
| 2332 fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; | |
| 2333 if (fg_color == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 2334 fg_color = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 2335 bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; | |
| 2336 if (bg_color == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 2337 bg_color = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 203 | 2338 sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; |
| 2339 if (sp_color == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 2340 sp_color = fg_color; | |
| 7 | 2341 } |
| 2342 else | |
| 203 | 2343 { |
| 7 | 2344 fg_color = gui.norm_pixel; |
| 203 | 2345 sp_color = fg_color; |
| 2346 } | |
| 7 | 2347 |
| 2348 if (highlight_mask & (HL_INVERSE | HL_STANDOUT)) | |
| 2349 { | |
| 2823 | 2350 #if defined(AMIGA) |
| 7 | 2351 gui_mch_set_colors(bg_color, fg_color); |
| 2352 #else | |
| 2353 gui_mch_set_fg_color(bg_color); | |
| 2354 gui_mch_set_bg_color(fg_color); | |
| 2355 #endif | |
| 2356 } | |
| 2357 else | |
| 2358 { | |
| 2823 | 2359 #if defined(AMIGA) |
| 7 | 2360 gui_mch_set_colors(fg_color, bg_color); |
| 2361 #else | |
| 2362 gui_mch_set_fg_color(fg_color); | |
| 2363 gui_mch_set_bg_color(bg_color); | |
| 2364 #endif | |
| 2365 } | |
| 203 | 2366 gui_mch_set_sp_color(sp_color); |
| 7 | 2367 |
| 2368 /* Clear the selection if we are about to write over it */ | |
| 2369 if (!(flags & GUI_MON_NOCLEAR)) | |
| 2370 clip_may_clear_selection(gui.row, gui.row); | |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 #ifndef MSWIN16_FASTTEXT | |
| 2374 /* If there's no bold font, then fake it */ | |
| 2375 if (hl_mask_todo & (HL_BOLD | HL_STANDOUT)) | |
| 2376 draw_flags |= DRAW_BOLD; | |
| 2377 #endif | |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 /* | |
| 2380 * When drawing bold or italic characters the spill-over from the left | |
| 2381 * neighbor may be destroyed. Let the caller backup to start redrawing | |
| 2382 * just after a blank. | |
| 2383 */ | |
| 2384 if (back != 0 && ((draw_flags & DRAW_BOLD) || (highlight_mask & HL_ITALIC))) | |
| 2385 return FAIL; | |
| 2386 | |
| 2823 | 2387 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2388 /* If there's no italic font, then fake it. |
| 2389 * For GTK2, we don't need a different font for italic style. */ | |
| 2390 if (hl_mask_todo & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 2391 draw_flags |= DRAW_ITALIC; | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 /* Do we underline the text? */ | |
| 2394 if (hl_mask_todo & HL_UNDERLINE) | |
| 2395 draw_flags |= DRAW_UNDERL; | |
| 2396 #else | |
| 2397 /* Do we underline the text? */ | |
| 2398 if ((hl_mask_todo & HL_UNDERLINE) | |
| 2399 # ifndef MSWIN16_FASTTEXT | |
| 2400 || (hl_mask_todo & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 2401 # endif | |
| 2402 ) | |
| 2403 draw_flags |= DRAW_UNDERL; | |
| 2404 #endif | |
| 203 | 2405 /* Do we undercurl the text? */ |
| 2406 if (hl_mask_todo & HL_UNDERCURL) | |
| 2407 draw_flags |= DRAW_UNDERC; | |
| 7 | 2408 |
| 1199 | 2409 /* Do we draw transparently? */ |
| 7 | 2410 if (flags & GUI_MON_TRS_CURSOR) |
| 2411 draw_flags |= DRAW_TRANSP; | |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 /* | |
| 2414 * Draw the text. | |
| 2415 */ | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2416 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 2417 /* The value returned is the length in display cells */ |
| 2418 len = gui_gtk2_draw_string(gui.row, col, s, len, draw_flags); | |
| 2419 #else | |
| 2420 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2421 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2422 { | |
| 2423 int start; /* index of bytes to be drawn */ | |
| 2424 int cells; /* cellwidth of bytes to be drawn */ | |
| 4352 | 2425 int thislen; /* length of bytes to be drawn */ |
| 7 | 2426 int cn; /* cellwidth of current char */ |
| 2427 int i; /* index of current char */ | |
| 2428 int c; /* current char value */ | |
| 2429 int cl; /* byte length of current char */ | |
| 2430 int comping; /* current char is composing */ | |
| 2431 int scol = col; /* screen column */ | |
| 4053 | 2432 int curr_wide; /* use 'guifontwide' */ |
| 2433 int prev_wide = FALSE; | |
| 2434 int wide_changed; | |
| 7 | 2435 |
| 2436 /* Break the string at a composing character, it has to be drawn on | |
| 2437 * top of the previous character. */ | |
| 2438 start = 0; | |
| 2439 cells = 0; | |
| 2440 for (i = 0; i < len; i += cl) | |
| 2441 { | |
| 2442 c = utf_ptr2char(s + i); | |
| 2443 cn = utf_char2cells(c); | |
| 2444 if (cn > 1 | |
| 2445 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2446 && fontset == NOFONTSET | |
| 2447 # endif | |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2448 && wide_font != NOFONT) |
| 4053 | 2449 curr_wide = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2450 else |
| 4053 | 2451 curr_wide = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2452 comping = utf_iscomposing(c); |
| 2453 if (!comping) /* count cells from non-composing chars */ | |
| 2454 cells += cn; | |
| 474 | 2455 cl = utf_ptr2len(s + i); |
| 7 | 2456 if (cl == 0) /* hit end of string */ |
| 2457 len = i + cl; /* len must be wrong "cannot happen" */ | |
| 2458 | |
| 4053 | 2459 wide_changed = curr_wide != prev_wide; |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 /* Print the string so far if it's the last character or there is | |
| 7 | 2462 * a composing character. */ |
| 4053 | 2463 if (i + cl >= len || (comping && i > start) || wide_changed |
|
2275
e4d849f4df03
Remove the old and not well supported GTK 1 code. (James Vega)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2464 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) |
| 7 | 2465 || (cn > 1 |
| 2466 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2467 /* No fontset: At least draw char after wide char at | |
| 2468 * right position. */ | |
| 2469 && fontset == NOFONTSET | |
| 2470 # endif | |
| 2471 ) | |
| 2472 # endif | |
| 2473 ) | |
| 2474 { | |
| 4053 | 2475 if (comping || wide_changed) |
| 7 | 2476 thislen = i - start; |
| 2477 else | |
| 2478 thislen = i - start + cl; | |
| 2479 if (thislen > 0) | |
| 2480 { | |
| 4053 | 2481 if (prev_wide) |
|
4950
ba7db05e1482
updated for version 7.3.1220
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4863
diff
changeset
|
2482 gui_mch_set_font(wide_font); |
| 7 | 2483 gui_mch_draw_string(gui.row, scol, s + start, thislen, |
| 2484 draw_flags); | |
| 4053 | 2485 if (prev_wide) |
| 2486 gui_mch_set_font(font); | |
| 7 | 2487 start += thislen; |
| 2488 } | |
| 2489 scol += cells; | |
| 2490 cells = 0; | |
| 4053 | 2491 /* Adjust to not draw a character which width is changed |
| 2492 * against with last one. */ | |
| 2493 if (wide_changed && !comping) | |
| 7 | 2494 { |
| 4053 | 2495 scol -= cn; |
| 2496 cl = 0; | |
| 7 | 2497 } |
| 2498 | |
|
2275
e4d849f4df03
Remove the old and not well supported GTK 1 code. (James Vega)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2499 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) |
| 11 | 2500 /* No fontset: draw a space to fill the gap after a wide char |
| 2501 * */ | |
| 7 | 2502 if (cn > 1 && (draw_flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0 |
| 2503 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 2504 && fontset == NOFONTSET | |
| 2505 # endif | |
| 4053 | 2506 && !wide_changed) |
| 7 | 2507 gui_mch_draw_string(gui.row, scol - 1, (char_u *)" ", |
| 2508 1, draw_flags); | |
| 2509 # endif | |
| 2510 } | |
| 2511 /* Draw a composing char on top of the previous char. */ | |
| 2512 if (comping) | |
| 2513 { | |
| 536 | 2514 # if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 2515 /* Carbon ATSUI autodraws composing char over previous char */ | |
| 2516 gui_mch_draw_string(gui.row, scol, s + i, cl, | |
| 7 | 2517 draw_flags | DRAW_TRANSP); |
| 187 | 2518 # else |
| 536 | 2519 gui_mch_draw_string(gui.row, scol - cn, s + i, cl, |
| 187 | 2520 draw_flags | DRAW_TRANSP); |
| 2521 # endif | |
| 7 | 2522 start = i + cl; |
| 2523 } | |
| 4053 | 2524 prev_wide = curr_wide; |
| 7 | 2525 } |
| 2526 /* The stuff below assumes "len" is the length in screen columns. */ | |
| 2527 len = scol - col; | |
| 2528 } | |
| 2529 else | |
| 2530 # endif | |
| 2531 { | |
| 2532 gui_mch_draw_string(gui.row, col, s, len, draw_flags); | |
| 2533 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2534 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 /* Get the length in display cells, this can be different from the | |
| 2537 * number of bytes for "euc-jp". */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
2538 len = mb_string2cells(s, len); |
| 7 | 2539 } |
| 2540 # endif | |
| 2541 } | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2542 #endif /* !FEAT_GUI_GTK */ |
| 7 | 2543 |
| 2544 if (!(flags & (GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_TRS_CURSOR))) | |
| 2545 gui.col = col + len; | |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 /* May need to invert it when it's part of the selection. */ | |
| 2548 if (flags & GUI_MON_NOCLEAR) | |
| 2549 clip_may_redraw_selection(gui.row, col, len); | |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 if (!(flags & (GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_TRS_CURSOR))) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 /* Invalidate the old physical cursor position if we wrote over it */ | |
| 2554 if (gui.cursor_row == gui.row | |
| 2555 && gui.cursor_col >= col | |
| 2556 && gui.cursor_col < col + len) | |
| 2557 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2558 } | |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 2561 if (draw_sign) | |
| 2562 /* Draw the sign on top of the spaces. */ | |
| 2563 gui_mch_drawsign(gui.row, col, gui.highlight_mask); | |
| 2592 | 2564 # if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) \ |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2208
diff
changeset
|
2565 || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) |
| 7 | 2566 if (multi_sign) |
| 2567 netbeans_draw_multisign_indicator(gui.row); | |
| 2568 # endif | |
| 2569 #endif | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 return OK; | |
| 2572 } | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 /* | |
| 2575 * Un-draw the cursor. Actually this just redraws the character at the given | |
| 2576 * position. The character just before it too, for when it was in bold. | |
| 2577 */ | |
| 2578 void | |
| 2579 gui_undraw_cursor() | |
| 2580 { | |
| 2581 if (gui.cursor_is_valid) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 2584 if (composing_hangul | |
| 2585 && gui.col == gui.cursor_col && gui.row == gui.cursor_row) | |
|
7208
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2586 { |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2587 char_u *comp_buf; |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2588 int comp_len; |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2589 |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2590 comp_buf = hangul_composing_buffer_get(&comp_len); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2591 if (comp_buf) |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2592 { |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2593 (void)gui_outstr_nowrap(comp_buf, comp_len, |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2594 GUI_MON_IS_CURSOR | GUI_MON_NOCLEAR, |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2595 gui.norm_pixel, gui.back_pixel, 0); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2596 vim_free(comp_buf); |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2597 } |
|
2c00f6b312bf
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/72f4cc4a987d123c0ed909c85b9a05f65cef7202
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7009
diff
changeset
|
2598 } |
| 7 | 2599 else |
| 2600 { | |
| 2601 #endif | |
| 2602 if (gui_redraw_block(gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col, | |
| 2603 gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col, GUI_MON_NOCLEAR) | |
| 2604 && gui.cursor_col > 0) | |
| 2605 (void)gui_redraw_block(gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col - 1, | |
| 2606 gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col - 1, GUI_MON_NOCLEAR); | |
| 2607 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 2608 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 2609 (void)gui_redraw_block(gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col + 1, | |
| 2610 gui.cursor_row, gui.cursor_col + 1, GUI_MON_NOCLEAR); | |
| 2611 } | |
| 2612 #endif | |
| 2613 /* Cursor_is_valid is reset when the cursor is undrawn, also reset it | |
| 2614 * here in case it wasn't needed to undraw it. */ | |
| 2615 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 } | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 void | |
| 2620 gui_redraw(x, y, w, h) | |
| 2621 int x; | |
| 2622 int y; | |
| 2623 int w; | |
| 2624 int h; | |
| 2625 { | |
| 2626 int row1, col1, row2, col2; | |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 row1 = Y_2_ROW(y); | |
| 2629 col1 = X_2_COL(x); | |
| 2630 row2 = Y_2_ROW(y + h - 1); | |
| 2631 col2 = X_2_COL(x + w - 1); | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 (void)gui_redraw_block(row1, col1, row2, col2, GUI_MON_NOCLEAR); | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 /* | |
| 2636 * We may need to redraw the cursor, but don't take it upon us to change | |
| 2637 * its location after a scroll. | |
| 2638 * (maybe be more strict even and test col too?) | |
| 2639 * These things may be outside the update/clipping region and reality may | |
| 2640 * not reflect Vims internal ideas if these operations are clipped away. | |
| 2641 */ | |
| 2642 if (gui.row == gui.cursor_row) | |
| 2643 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, TRUE); | |
| 2644 } | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 /* | |
| 2647 * Draw a rectangular block of characters, from row1 to row2 (inclusive) and | |
| 2648 * from col1 to col2 (inclusive). | |
| 2649 * Return TRUE when the character before the first drawn character has | |
| 2650 * different attributes (may have to be redrawn too). | |
| 2651 */ | |
| 2652 int | |
| 2653 gui_redraw_block(row1, col1, row2, col2, flags) | |
| 2654 int row1; | |
| 2655 int col1; | |
| 2656 int row2; | |
| 2657 int col2; | |
| 2658 int flags; /* flags for gui_outstr_nowrap() */ | |
| 2659 { | |
| 2660 int old_row, old_col; | |
| 2661 long_u old_hl_mask; | |
| 2662 int off; | |
| 203 | 2663 sattr_T first_attr; |
| 7 | 2664 int idx, len; |
| 2665 int back, nback; | |
| 2666 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 2667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2668 int orig_col1, orig_col2; | |
| 2669 #endif | |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 /* Don't try to update when ScreenLines is not valid */ | |
| 2672 if (!screen_cleared || ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 2673 return retval; | |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 /* Don't try to draw outside the shell! */ | |
| 2676 /* Check everything, strange values may be caused by a big border width */ | |
| 2677 col1 = check_col(col1); | |
| 2678 col2 = check_col(col2); | |
| 2679 row1 = check_row(row1); | |
| 2680 row2 = check_row(row2); | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /* Remember where our cursor was */ | |
| 2683 old_row = gui.row; | |
| 2684 old_col = gui.col; | |
| 2685 old_hl_mask = gui.highlight_mask; | |
| 2686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2687 orig_col1 = col1; | |
| 2688 orig_col2 = col2; | |
| 2689 #endif | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 for (gui.row = row1; gui.row <= row2; gui.row++) | |
| 2692 { | |
| 2693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2694 /* When only half of a double-wide character is in the block, include | |
| 2695 * the other half. */ | |
| 2696 col1 = orig_col1; | |
| 2697 col2 = orig_col2; | |
| 2698 off = LineOffset[gui.row]; | |
| 2699 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 2700 { | |
| 2701 if (col1 > 0) | |
| 2702 col1 -= dbcs_screen_head_off(ScreenLines + off, | |
| 2703 ScreenLines + off + col1); | |
| 2704 col2 += dbcs_screen_tail_off(ScreenLines + off, | |
| 2705 ScreenLines + off + col2); | |
| 2706 } | |
| 2707 else if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2708 { | |
| 2709 if (ScreenLines[off + col1] == 0) | |
| 2710 --col1; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2711 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 2712 if (col2 + 1 < Columns && ScreenLines[off + col2 + 1] == 0) |
| 2713 ++col2; | |
| 2714 # endif | |
| 2715 } | |
| 2716 #endif | |
| 2717 gui.col = col1; | |
| 2718 off = LineOffset[gui.row] + gui.col; | |
| 2719 len = col2 - col1 + 1; | |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 /* Find how many chars back this highlighting starts, or where a space | |
| 2722 * is. Needed for when the bold trick is used */ | |
| 2723 for (back = 0; back < col1; ++back) | |
| 2724 if (ScreenAttrs[off - 1 - back] != ScreenAttrs[off] | |
| 2725 || ScreenLines[off - 1 - back] == ' ') | |
| 2726 break; | |
| 2727 retval = (col1 > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off - 1] != 0 && back == 0 | |
| 2728 && ScreenLines[off - 1] != ' '); | |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 /* Break it up in strings of characters with the same attributes. */ | |
| 2731 /* Print UTF-8 characters individually. */ | |
| 2732 while (len > 0) | |
| 2733 { | |
| 2734 first_attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 2735 gui.highlight_mask = first_attr; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2736 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2737 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) |
| 2738 { | |
| 2739 /* output multi-byte character separately */ | |
| 2740 nback = gui_screenchar(off, flags, | |
| 2741 (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, back); | |
| 2742 if (gui.col < Columns && ScreenLines[off + 1] == 0) | |
| 2743 idx = 2; | |
| 2744 else | |
| 2745 idx = 1; | |
| 2746 } | |
| 2747 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 2748 { | |
| 2749 /* output double-byte, single-width character separately */ | |
| 2750 nback = gui_screenchar(off, flags, | |
| 2751 (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, back); | |
| 2752 idx = 1; | |
| 2753 } | |
| 2754 else | |
| 2755 #endif | |
| 2756 { | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
2757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 2758 for (idx = 0; idx < len; ++idx) |
| 2759 { | |
| 2760 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[off + idx] == 0) | |
| 2761 continue; /* skip second half of double-width char */ | |
| 2762 if (ScreenAttrs[off + idx] != first_attr) | |
| 2763 break; | |
| 2764 } | |
| 2765 /* gui_screenstr() takes care of multibyte chars */ | |
| 2766 nback = gui_screenstr(off, idx, flags, | |
| 2767 (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, back); | |
| 2768 #else | |
| 2769 for (idx = 0; idx < len && ScreenAttrs[off + idx] == first_attr; | |
| 2770 idx++) | |
| 2771 { | |
| 2772 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2773 /* Stop at a multi-byte Unicode character. */ | |
| 2774 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off + idx] != 0) | |
| 2775 break; | |
| 2776 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 2777 { | |
| 2778 /* Stop at a double-byte single-width char. */ | |
| 2779 if (ScreenLines[off + idx] == 0x8e) | |
| 2780 break; | |
| 474 | 2781 if (len > 1 && (*mb_ptr2len)(ScreenLines |
| 7 | 2782 + off + idx) == 2) |
| 2783 ++idx; /* skip second byte of double-byte char */ | |
| 2784 } | |
| 2785 # endif | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 nback = gui_outstr_nowrap(ScreenLines + off, idx, flags, | |
| 2788 (guicolor_T)0, (guicolor_T)0, back); | |
| 2789 #endif | |
| 2790 } | |
| 2791 if (nback == FAIL) | |
| 2792 { | |
| 2793 /* Must back up to start drawing where a bold or italic word | |
| 2794 * starts. */ | |
| 2795 off -= back; | |
| 2796 len += back; | |
| 2797 gui.col -= back; | |
| 2798 } | |
| 2799 else | |
| 2800 { | |
| 2801 off += idx; | |
| 2802 len -= idx; | |
| 2803 } | |
| 2804 back = 0; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 2806 } | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 /* Put the cursor back where it was */ | |
| 2809 gui.row = old_row; | |
| 2810 gui.col = old_col; | |
| 835 | 2811 gui.highlight_mask = (int)old_hl_mask; |
| 7 | 2812 |
| 2813 return retval; | |
| 2814 } | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 static void | |
| 2817 gui_delete_lines(row, count) | |
| 2818 int row; | |
| 2819 int count; | |
| 2820 { | |
| 2821 if (count <= 0) | |
| 2822 return; | |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 if (row + count > gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 2825 /* Scrolled out of region, just blank the lines out */ | |
| 2826 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 2827 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 2828 else | |
| 2829 { | |
| 2830 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, count); | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 /* If the cursor was in the deleted lines it's now gone. If the | |
| 2833 * cursor was in the scrolled lines adjust its position. */ | |
| 2834 if (gui.cursor_row >= row | |
| 2835 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 2836 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 if (gui.cursor_row < row + count) | |
| 2839 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2840 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 2841 gui.cursor_row -= count; | |
| 2842 } | |
| 2843 } | |
| 2844 } | |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 static void | |
| 2847 gui_insert_lines(row, count) | |
| 2848 int row; | |
| 2849 int count; | |
| 2850 { | |
| 2851 if (count <= 0) | |
| 2852 return; | |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 if (row + count > gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 2855 /* Scrolled out of region, just blank the lines out */ | |
| 2856 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 2857 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 2858 else | |
| 2859 { | |
| 2860 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, count); | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 2863 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 2864 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 2865 { | |
| 2866 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - count) | |
| 2867 gui.cursor_row += count; | |
| 2868 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 2869 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 2870 } | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 } | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 /* | |
| 2875 * The main GUI input routine. Waits for a character from the keyboard. | |
| 2876 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 2877 * wtime == 0 Don't wait. | |
| 2878 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 2879 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 2880 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 2881 */ | |
| 2882 int | |
| 2883 gui_wait_for_chars(wtime) | |
| 2884 long wtime; | |
| 2885 { | |
| 2886 int retval; | |
| 2887 | |
|
2208
495995b9ce7d
Fix: window title not updated after file dropped.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
2888 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 7 | 2889 /* |
| 2890 * If we're going to wait a bit, update the menus and mouse shape for the | |
| 2891 * current State. | |
| 2892 */ | |
| 2893 if (wtime != 0) | |
| 2894 gui_update_menus(0); | |
| 2895 #endif | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 2898 if (input_available()) /* Got char, return immediately */ | |
| 2899 return OK; | |
| 2900 if (wtime == 0) /* Don't wait for char */ | |
| 2901 return FAIL; | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 /* Before waiting, flush any output to the screen. */ | |
| 2904 gui_mch_flush(); | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 if (wtime > 0) | |
| 2907 { | |
| 2908 /* Blink when waiting for a character. Probably only does something | |
| 2909 * for showmatch() */ | |
| 2910 gui_mch_start_blink(); | |
| 2911 retval = gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime); | |
| 2912 gui_mch_stop_blink(); | |
| 2913 return retval; | |
| 2914 } | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 /* | |
| 1199 | 2917 * While we are waiting indefinitely for a character, blink the cursor. |
| 7 | 2918 */ |
| 2919 gui_mch_start_blink(); | |
| 2920 | |
| 203 | 2921 retval = FAIL; |
| 2922 /* | |
| 2923 * We may want to trigger the CursorHold event. First wait for | |
| 2924 * 'updatetime' and if nothing is typed within that time put the | |
| 2925 * K_CURSORHOLD key in the input buffer. | |
| 2926 */ | |
| 2927 if (gui_mch_wait_for_chars(p_ut) == OK) | |
| 2928 retval = OK; | |
| 7 | 2929 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 609 | 2930 else if (trigger_cursorhold()) |
| 7 | 2931 { |
| 203 | 2932 char_u buf[3]; |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 /* Put K_CURSORHOLD in the input buffer. */ | |
| 2935 buf[0] = CSI; | |
| 2936 buf[1] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2937 buf[2] = (int)KE_CURSORHOLD; | |
| 2938 add_to_input_buf(buf, 3); | |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 retval = OK; | |
| 2941 } | |
| 2942 #endif | |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 if (retval == FAIL) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 /* Blocking wait. */ | |
| 368 | 2947 before_blocking(); |
| 7 | 2948 retval = gui_mch_wait_for_chars(-1L); |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 gui_mch_stop_blink(); | |
| 2952 return retval; | |
| 2953 } | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 /* | |
| 1137 | 2956 * Fill p[4] with mouse coordinates encoded for check_termcode(). |
| 7 | 2957 */ |
| 2958 static void | |
| 2959 fill_mouse_coord(p, col, row) | |
| 2960 char_u *p; | |
| 2961 int col; | |
| 2962 int row; | |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 p[0] = (char_u)(col / 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 2965 p[1] = (char_u)(col % 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 2966 p[2] = (char_u)(row / 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 2967 p[3] = (char_u)(row % 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 2968 } | |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 /* | |
| 2971 * Generic mouse support function. Add a mouse event to the input buffer with | |
| 2972 * the given properties. | |
| 2973 * button --- may be any of MOUSE_LEFT, MOUSE_MIDDLE, MOUSE_RIGHT, | |
| 2974 * MOUSE_X1, MOUSE_X2 | |
| 2975 * MOUSE_DRAG, or MOUSE_RELEASE. | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
2976 * MOUSE_4 and MOUSE_5 are used for vertical scroll wheel, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
2977 * MOUSE_6 and MOUSE_7 for horizontal scroll wheel. |
| 7 | 2978 * x, y --- Coordinates of mouse in pixels. |
| 2979 * repeated_click --- TRUE if this click comes only a short time after a | |
| 2980 * previous click. | |
| 2981 * modifiers --- Bit field which may be any of the following modifiers | |
| 2982 * or'ed together: MOUSE_SHIFT | MOUSE_CTRL | MOUSE_ALT. | |
| 2983 * This function will ignore drag events where the mouse has not moved to a new | |
| 2984 * character. | |
| 2985 */ | |
| 2986 void | |
| 2987 gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, repeated_click, modifiers) | |
| 2988 int button; | |
| 2989 int x; | |
| 2990 int y; | |
| 2991 int repeated_click; | |
| 2992 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2993 { | |
| 2994 static int prev_row = 0, prev_col = 0; | |
| 2995 static int prev_button = -1; | |
| 2996 static int num_clicks = 1; | |
| 2997 char_u string[10]; | |
| 2998 enum key_extra button_char; | |
| 2999 int row, col; | |
| 3000 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3001 int checkfor; | |
| 3002 int did_clip = FALSE; | |
| 3003 #endif | |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 /* | |
| 3006 * Scrolling may happen at any time, also while a selection is present. | |
| 3007 */ | |
| 3008 switch (button) | |
| 3009 { | |
| 3010 case MOUSE_X1: | |
| 3011 button_char = KE_X1MOUSE; | |
| 3012 goto button_set; | |
| 3013 case MOUSE_X2: | |
| 3014 button_char = KE_X2MOUSE; | |
| 3015 goto button_set; | |
| 3016 case MOUSE_4: | |
| 3017 button_char = KE_MOUSEDOWN; | |
| 3018 goto button_set; | |
| 3019 case MOUSE_5: | |
| 3020 button_char = KE_MOUSEUP; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3021 goto button_set; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3022 case MOUSE_6: |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3023 button_char = KE_MOUSELEFT; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3024 goto button_set; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3025 case MOUSE_7: |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3026 button_char = KE_MOUSERIGHT; |
| 7 | 3027 button_set: |
| 3028 { | |
| 3029 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ | |
| 3030 if (hold_gui_events) | |
| 3031 return; | |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 string[3] = CSI; | |
| 3034 string[4] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 3035 string[5] = (int)button_char; | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 /* Pass the pointer coordinates of the scroll event so that we | |
| 3038 * know which window to scroll. */ | |
| 3039 row = gui_xy2colrow(x, y, &col); | |
| 3040 string[6] = (char_u)(col / 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 3041 string[7] = (char_u)(col % 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 3042 string[8] = (char_u)(row / 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 3043 string[9] = (char_u)(row % 128 + ' ' + 1); | |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 if (modifiers == 0) | |
| 3046 add_to_input_buf(string + 3, 7); | |
| 3047 else | |
| 3048 { | |
| 3049 string[0] = CSI; | |
| 3050 string[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 3051 string[2] = 0; | |
| 3052 if (modifiers & MOUSE_SHIFT) | |
| 3053 string[2] |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 3054 if (modifiers & MOUSE_CTRL) | |
| 3055 string[2] |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 3056 if (modifiers & MOUSE_ALT) | |
| 3057 string[2] |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 3058 add_to_input_buf(string, 10); | |
| 3059 } | |
| 3060 return; | |
| 3061 } | |
| 3062 } | |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3065 /* If a clipboard selection is in progress, handle it */ | |
| 3066 if (clip_star.state == SELECT_IN_PROGRESS) | |
| 3067 { | |
| 3068 clip_process_selection(button, X_2_COL(x), Y_2_ROW(y), repeated_click); | |
| 3069 return; | |
| 3070 } | |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 /* Determine which mouse settings to look for based on the current mode */ | |
| 3073 switch (get_real_state()) | |
| 3074 { | |
| 3075 case NORMAL_BUSY: | |
| 3076 case OP_PENDING: | |
| 3077 case NORMAL: checkfor = MOUSE_NORMAL; break; | |
| 3078 case VISUAL: checkfor = MOUSE_VISUAL; break; | |
| 788 | 3079 case SELECTMODE: checkfor = MOUSE_VISUAL; break; |
| 7 | 3080 case REPLACE: |
| 3081 case REPLACE+LANGMAP: | |
| 3082 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3083 case VREPLACE: | |
| 3084 case VREPLACE+LANGMAP: | |
| 3085 #endif | |
| 3086 case INSERT: | |
| 3087 case INSERT+LANGMAP: checkfor = MOUSE_INSERT; break; | |
| 3088 case ASKMORE: | |
| 3089 case HITRETURN: /* At the more- and hit-enter prompt pass the | |
| 3090 mouse event for a click on or below the | |
| 3091 message line. */ | |
| 3092 if (Y_2_ROW(y) >= msg_row) | |
| 3093 checkfor = MOUSE_NORMAL; | |
| 3094 else | |
| 3095 checkfor = MOUSE_RETURN; | |
| 3096 break; | |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 /* | |
| 3099 * On the command line, use the clipboard selection on all lines | |
| 3100 * but the command line. But not when pasting. | |
| 3101 */ | |
| 3102 case CMDLINE: | |
| 3103 case CMDLINE+LANGMAP: | |
| 3104 if (Y_2_ROW(y) < cmdline_row && button != MOUSE_MIDDLE) | |
| 3105 checkfor = MOUSE_NONE; | |
| 3106 else | |
| 3107 checkfor = MOUSE_COMMAND; | |
| 3108 break; | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 default: | |
| 3111 checkfor = MOUSE_NONE; | |
| 3112 break; | |
| 3113 }; | |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 /* | |
| 3116 * Allow clipboard selection of text on the command line in "normal" | |
| 3117 * modes. Don't do this when dragging the status line, or extending a | |
| 3118 * Visual selection. | |
| 3119 */ | |
| 3120 if ((State == NORMAL || State == NORMAL_BUSY || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 3121 && Y_2_ROW(y) >= topframe->fr_height | |
| 995 | 3122 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 3123 + firstwin->w_winrow | |
| 3124 # endif | |
| 7 | 3125 && button != MOUSE_DRAG |
| 3126 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3127 && !drag_status_line | |
| 3128 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3129 && !drag_sep_line | |
| 3130 # endif | |
| 3131 # endif | |
| 3132 ) | |
| 3133 checkfor = MOUSE_NONE; | |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 /* | |
| 3136 * Use modeless selection when holding CTRL and SHIFT pressed. | |
| 3137 */ | |
| 3138 if ((modifiers & MOUSE_CTRL) && (modifiers & MOUSE_SHIFT)) | |
| 3139 checkfor = MOUSE_NONEF; | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 /* | |
| 3142 * In Ex mode, always use modeless selection. | |
| 3143 */ | |
| 3144 if (exmode_active) | |
| 3145 checkfor = MOUSE_NONE; | |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 /* | |
| 3148 * If the mouse settings say to not use the mouse, use the modeless | |
| 3149 * selection. But if Visual is active, assume that only the Visual area | |
| 3150 * will be selected. | |
| 3151 * Exception: On the command line, both the selection is used and a mouse | |
| 3152 * key is send. | |
| 3153 */ | |
| 3154 if (!mouse_has(checkfor) || checkfor == MOUSE_COMMAND) | |
| 3155 { | |
| 3156 /* Don't do modeless selection in Visual mode. */ | |
| 3157 if (checkfor != MOUSE_NONEF && VIsual_active && (State & NORMAL)) | |
| 3158 return; | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 /* | |
| 3161 * When 'mousemodel' is "popup", shift-left is translated to right. | |
| 3162 * But not when also using Ctrl. | |
| 3163 */ | |
| 3164 if (mouse_model_popup() && button == MOUSE_LEFT | |
| 3165 && (modifiers & MOUSE_SHIFT) && !(modifiers & MOUSE_CTRL)) | |
| 3166 { | |
| 3167 button = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 3168 modifiers &= ~ MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 3169 } | |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 /* If the selection is done, allow the right button to extend it. | |
| 3172 * If the selection is cleared, allow the right button to start it | |
| 3173 * from the cursor position. */ | |
| 3174 if (button == MOUSE_RIGHT) | |
| 3175 { | |
| 3176 if (clip_star.state == SELECT_CLEARED) | |
| 3177 { | |
| 3178 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3179 { | |
| 3180 col = msg_col; | |
| 3181 row = msg_row; | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 else | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 col = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 3186 row = curwin->w_wrow + W_WINROW(curwin); | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 clip_start_selection(col, row, FALSE); | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 clip_process_selection(button, X_2_COL(x), Y_2_ROW(y), | |
| 3191 repeated_click); | |
| 3192 did_clip = TRUE; | |
| 3193 } | |
| 3194 /* Allow the left button to start the selection */ | |
| 2823 | 3195 else if (button == MOUSE_LEFT) |
| 7 | 3196 { |
| 3197 clip_start_selection(X_2_COL(x), Y_2_ROW(y), repeated_click); | |
| 3198 did_clip = TRUE; | |
| 3199 } | |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 /* Always allow pasting */ | |
| 3202 if (button != MOUSE_MIDDLE) | |
| 3203 { | |
| 3204 if (!mouse_has(checkfor) || button == MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
| 3205 return; | |
| 3206 if (checkfor != MOUSE_COMMAND) | |
| 3207 button = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 repeated_click = FALSE; | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 if (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED && !did_clip) | |
| 3674 | 3213 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 3214 #endif |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ | |
| 3217 if (hold_gui_events) | |
| 3218 return; | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 row = gui_xy2colrow(x, y, &col); | |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 /* | |
| 3223 * If we are dragging and the mouse hasn't moved far enough to be on a | |
| 3224 * different character, then don't send an event to vim. | |
| 3225 */ | |
| 3226 if (button == MOUSE_DRAG) | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 if (row == prev_row && col == prev_col) | |
| 3229 return; | |
| 3230 /* Dragging above the window, set "row" to -1 to cause a scroll. */ | |
| 3231 if (y < 0) | |
| 3232 row = -1; | |
| 3233 } | |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 /* | |
| 3236 * If topline has changed (window scrolled) since the last click, reset | |
| 3237 * repeated_click, because we don't want starting Visual mode when | |
| 3238 * clicking on a different character in the text. | |
| 3239 */ | |
| 3240 if (curwin->w_topline != gui_prev_topline | |
| 3241 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3242 || curwin->w_topfill != gui_prev_topfill | |
| 3243 #endif | |
| 3244 ) | |
| 3245 repeated_click = FALSE; | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 string[0] = CSI; /* this sequence is recognized by check_termcode() */ | |
| 3248 string[1] = KS_MOUSE; | |
| 3249 string[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 3250 if (button != MOUSE_DRAG && button != MOUSE_RELEASE) | |
| 3251 { | |
| 3252 if (repeated_click) | |
| 3253 { | |
| 3254 /* | |
| 3255 * Handle multiple clicks. They only count if the mouse is still | |
| 3256 * pointing at the same character. | |
| 3257 */ | |
| 3258 if (button != prev_button || row != prev_row || col != prev_col) | |
| 3259 num_clicks = 1; | |
| 3260 else if (++num_clicks > 4) | |
| 3261 num_clicks = 1; | |
| 3262 } | |
| 3263 else | |
| 3264 num_clicks = 1; | |
| 3265 prev_button = button; | |
| 3266 gui_prev_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 3267 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3268 gui_prev_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 3269 #endif | |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 string[3] = (char_u)(button | 0x20); | |
| 3272 SET_NUM_MOUSE_CLICKS(string[3], num_clicks); | |
| 3273 } | |
| 3274 else | |
| 3275 string[3] = (char_u)button; | |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 string[3] |= modifiers; | |
| 3278 fill_mouse_coord(string + 4, col, row); | |
| 3279 add_to_input_buf(string, 8); | |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 if (row < 0) | |
| 3282 prev_row = 0; | |
| 3283 else | |
| 3284 prev_row = row; | |
| 3285 prev_col = col; | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 /* | |
| 3288 * We need to make sure this is cleared since Athena doesn't tell us when | |
| 3289 * he is done dragging. Neither does GTK+ 2 -- at least for now. | |
| 3290 */ | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
3291 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 3292 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_NONE; |
| 3293 #endif | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 /* | |
| 3297 * Convert x and y coordinate to column and row in text window. | |
| 3298 * Corrects for multi-byte character. | |
| 3299 * returns column in "*colp" and row as return value; | |
| 3300 */ | |
| 3301 int | |
| 3302 gui_xy2colrow(x, y, colp) | |
| 3303 int x; | |
| 3304 int y; | |
| 3305 int *colp; | |
| 3306 { | |
| 3307 int col = check_col(X_2_COL(x)); | |
| 3308 int row = check_row(Y_2_ROW(y)); | |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3311 *colp = mb_fix_col(col, row); | |
| 3312 #else | |
| 3313 *colp = col; | |
| 3314 #endif | |
| 3315 return row; | |
| 3316 } | |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3319 /* | |
| 3320 * Callback function for when a menu entry has been selected. | |
| 3321 */ | |
| 3322 void | |
| 3323 gui_menu_cb(menu) | |
| 3324 vimmenu_T *menu; | |
| 3325 { | |
| 664 | 3326 char_u bytes[sizeof(long_u)]; |
| 7 | 3327 |
| 3328 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ | |
| 3329 if (hold_gui_events) | |
| 3330 return; | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 bytes[0] = CSI; | |
| 3333 bytes[1] = KS_MENU; | |
| 3334 bytes[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 664 | 3335 add_to_input_buf(bytes, 3); |
| 3336 add_long_to_buf((long_u)menu, bytes); | |
| 3337 add_to_input_buf_csi(bytes, sizeof(long_u)); | |
| 7 | 3338 } |
| 3339 #endif | |
| 3340 | |
| 811 | 3341 static int prev_which_scrollbars[3]; |
| 669 | 3342 |
| 7 | 3343 /* |
| 3344 * Set which components are present. | |
| 685 | 3345 * If "oldval" is not NULL, "oldval" is the previous value, the new value is |
| 7 | 3346 * in p_go. |
| 3347 */ | |
| 3348 void | |
| 3349 gui_init_which_components(oldval) | |
| 1887 | 3350 char_u *oldval UNUSED; |
| 7 | 3351 { |
| 3352 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3353 static int prev_menu_is_active = -1; | |
| 3354 #endif | |
| 3355 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3356 static int prev_toolbar = -1; | |
| 3357 int using_toolbar = FALSE; | |
| 3358 #endif | |
| 685 | 3359 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3360 int using_tabline; | |
| 3361 #endif | |
| 7 | 3362 #ifdef FEAT_FOOTER |
| 3363 static int prev_footer = -1; | |
| 3364 int using_footer = FALSE; | |
| 3365 #endif | |
| 3366 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) && !defined(WIN16) | |
| 3367 static int prev_tearoff = -1; | |
| 3368 int using_tearoff = FALSE; | |
| 3369 #endif | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 char_u *p; | |
| 3372 int i; | |
| 3373 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3374 int grey_old, grey_new; | |
| 3375 char_u *temp; | |
| 3376 #endif | |
| 3377 win_T *wp; | |
| 3378 int need_set_size; | |
| 3379 int fix_size; | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3382 if (oldval != NULL && gui.in_use) | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 /* | |
| 3385 * Check if the menu's go from grey to non-grey or vise versa. | |
| 3386 */ | |
| 3387 grey_old = (vim_strchr(oldval, GO_GREY) != NULL); | |
| 3388 grey_new = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_GREY) != NULL); | |
| 3389 if (grey_old != grey_new) | |
| 3390 { | |
| 3391 temp = p_go; | |
| 3392 p_go = oldval; | |
| 3393 gui_update_menus(MENU_ALL_MODES); | |
| 3394 p_go = temp; | |
| 3395 } | |
| 3396 } | |
| 3397 gui.menu_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 3398 #endif | |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) | |
| 3401 gui.which_scrollbars[i] = FALSE; | |
| 3402 for (p = p_go; *p; p++) | |
| 3403 switch (*p) | |
| 3404 { | |
| 3405 case GO_LEFT: | |
| 3406 gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] = TRUE; | |
| 3407 break; | |
| 3408 case GO_RIGHT: | |
| 3409 gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] = TRUE; | |
| 3410 break; | |
| 3411 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3412 case GO_VLEFT: | |
| 3413 if (win_hasvertsplit()) | |
| 3414 gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] = TRUE; | |
| 3415 break; | |
| 3416 case GO_VRIGHT: | |
| 3417 if (win_hasvertsplit()) | |
| 3418 gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] = TRUE; | |
| 3419 break; | |
| 3420 #endif | |
| 3421 case GO_BOT: | |
| 3422 gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM] = TRUE; | |
| 3423 break; | |
| 3424 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3425 case GO_MENUS: | |
| 3426 gui.menu_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 3427 break; | |
| 3428 #endif | |
| 3429 case GO_GREY: | |
| 3430 /* make menu's have grey items, ignored here */ | |
| 3431 break; | |
| 3432 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3433 case GO_TOOLBAR: | |
| 3434 using_toolbar = TRUE; | |
| 3435 break; | |
| 3436 #endif | |
| 3437 #ifdef FEAT_FOOTER | |
| 3438 case GO_FOOTER: | |
| 3439 using_footer = TRUE; | |
| 3440 break; | |
| 3441 #endif | |
| 3442 case GO_TEAROFF: | |
| 3443 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) && !defined(WIN16) | |
| 3444 using_tearoff = TRUE; | |
| 3445 #endif | |
| 3446 break; | |
| 3447 default: | |
| 3448 /* Ignore options that are not supported */ | |
| 3449 break; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 685 | 3451 |
| 7 | 3452 if (gui.in_use) |
| 3453 { | |
| 811 | 3454 need_set_size = 0; |
| 7 | 3455 fix_size = FALSE; |
| 685 | 3456 |
| 3457 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
| 687 | 3458 /* Update the GUI tab line, it may appear or disappear. This may |
| 3459 * cause the non-GUI tab line to disappear or appear. */ | |
| 685 | 3460 using_tabline = gui_has_tabline(); |
| 706 | 3461 if (!gui_mch_showing_tabline() != !using_tabline) |
| 685 | 3462 { |
| 797 | 3463 /* We don't want a resize event change "Rows" here, save and |
| 3464 * restore it. Resizing is handled below. */ | |
| 3465 i = Rows; | |
| 685 | 3466 gui_update_tabline(); |
| 797 | 3467 Rows = i; |
| 1767 | 3468 need_set_size |= RESIZE_VERT; |
| 685 | 3469 if (using_tabline) |
| 3470 fix_size = TRUE; | |
| 3471 if (!gui_use_tabline()) | |
| 3472 redraw_tabline = TRUE; /* may draw non-GUI tab line */ | |
| 3473 } | |
| 3474 #endif | |
| 3475 | |
| 7 | 3476 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) |
| 3477 { | |
| 811 | 3478 /* The scrollbar needs to be updated when it is shown/unshown and |
| 3479 * when switching tab pages. But the size only changes when it's | |
| 3480 * shown/unshown. Thus we need two places to remember whether a | |
| 3481 * scrollbar is there or not. */ | |
| 3482 if (gui.which_scrollbars[i] != prev_which_scrollbars[i] | |
| 788 | 3483 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 811 | 3484 || gui.which_scrollbars[i] |
| 3485 != curtab->tp_prev_which_scrollbars[i] | |
| 788 | 3486 #endif |
| 3487 ) | |
| 7 | 3488 { |
| 3489 if (i == SBAR_BOTTOM) | |
| 3490 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(&gui.bottom_sbar, | |
| 3491 gui.which_scrollbars[i]); | |
| 3492 else | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, i, gui.which_scrollbars[i]); | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 } | |
| 811 | 3499 if (gui.which_scrollbars[i] != prev_which_scrollbars[i]) |
| 3500 { | |
| 3501 if (i == SBAR_BOTTOM) | |
| 1767 | 3502 need_set_size |= RESIZE_VERT; |
| 811 | 3503 else |
| 1767 | 3504 need_set_size |= RESIZE_HOR; |
| 811 | 3505 if (gui.which_scrollbars[i]) |
| 3506 fix_size = TRUE; | |
| 3507 } | |
| 7 | 3508 } |
| 788 | 3509 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 811 | 3510 curtab->tp_prev_which_scrollbars[i] = gui.which_scrollbars[i]; |
| 788 | 3511 #endif |
| 811 | 3512 prev_which_scrollbars[i] = gui.which_scrollbars[i]; |
| 7 | 3513 } |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3516 if (gui.menu_is_active != prev_menu_is_active) | |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 /* We don't want a resize event change "Rows" here, save and | |
| 3519 * restore it. Resizing is handled below. */ | |
| 3520 i = Rows; | |
| 3521 gui_mch_enable_menu(gui.menu_is_active); | |
| 3522 Rows = i; | |
| 3523 prev_menu_is_active = gui.menu_is_active; | |
| 1767 | 3524 need_set_size |= RESIZE_VERT; |
| 7 | 3525 if (gui.menu_is_active) |
| 3526 fix_size = TRUE; | |
| 3527 } | |
| 3528 #endif | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3531 if (using_toolbar != prev_toolbar) | |
| 3532 { | |
| 3533 gui_mch_show_toolbar(using_toolbar); | |
| 3534 prev_toolbar = using_toolbar; | |
| 1767 | 3535 need_set_size |= RESIZE_VERT; |
| 7 | 3536 if (using_toolbar) |
| 3537 fix_size = TRUE; | |
| 3538 } | |
| 3539 #endif | |
| 3540 #ifdef FEAT_FOOTER | |
| 3541 if (using_footer != prev_footer) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 gui_mch_enable_footer(using_footer); | |
| 3544 prev_footer = using_footer; | |
| 1767 | 3545 need_set_size |= RESIZE_VERT; |
| 7 | 3546 if (using_footer) |
| 3547 fix_size = TRUE; | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 #endif | |
| 3550 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) && !defined(WIN16) && !(defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)) | |
| 3551 if (using_tearoff != prev_tearoff) | |
| 3552 { | |
| 3553 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(using_tearoff); | |
| 3554 prev_tearoff = using_tearoff; | |
| 3555 } | |
| 3556 #endif | |
| 1767 | 3557 if (need_set_size != 0) |
| 276 | 3558 { |
| 3559 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 1767 | 3560 long prev_Columns = Columns; |
| 3561 long prev_Rows = Rows; | |
| 276 | 3562 #endif |
| 7 | 3563 /* Adjust the size of the window to make the text area keep the |
| 3564 * same size and to avoid that part of our window is off-screen | |
| 3565 * and a scrollbar can't be used, for example. */ | |
| 811 | 3566 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, fix_size, need_set_size); |
| 276 | 3567 |
| 3568 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 3569 /* GTK has the annoying habit of sending us resize events when | |
| 3570 * changing the window size ourselves. This mostly happens when | |
| 3571 * waiting for a character to arrive, quite unpredictably, and may | |
| 3572 * change Columns and Rows when we don't want it. Wait for a | |
| 3573 * character here to avoid this effect. | |
| 3574 * If you remove this, please test this command for resizing | |
| 292 | 3575 * effects (with optional left scrollbar): ":vsp|q|vsp|q|vsp|q". |
| 687 | 3576 * Don't do this while starting up though. |
| 1767 | 3577 * Don't change Rows when adding menu/toolbar/tabline. |
| 3578 * Don't change Columns when adding vertical toolbar. */ | |
| 3579 if (!gui.starting && need_set_size != (RESIZE_VERT | RESIZE_HOR)) | |
| 287 | 3580 (void)char_avail(); |
| 1767 | 3581 if ((need_set_size & RESIZE_VERT) == 0) |
| 3582 Rows = prev_Rows; | |
| 3583 if ((need_set_size & RESIZE_HOR) == 0) | |
| 3584 Columns = prev_Columns; | |
| 276 | 3585 #endif |
| 3586 } | |
| 687 | 3587 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 3588 /* When the console tabline appears or disappears the window positions | |
| 3589 * change. */ | |
| 3590 if (firstwin->w_winrow != tabline_height()) | |
| 3591 shell_new_rows(); /* recompute window positions and heights */ | |
| 3592 #endif | |
| 7 | 3593 } |
| 3594 } | |
| 3595 | |
| 685 | 3596 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3597 /* | |
| 3598 * Return TRUE if the GUI is taking care of the tabline. | |
| 3599 * It may still be hidden if 'showtabline' is zero. | |
| 3600 */ | |
| 3601 int | |
| 3602 gui_use_tabline() | |
| 3603 { | |
| 3604 return gui.in_use && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TABLINE) != NULL; | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 /* | |
| 3608 * Return TRUE if the GUI is showing the tabline. | |
| 3609 * This uses 'showtabline'. | |
| 3610 */ | |
| 3611 static int | |
| 3612 gui_has_tabline() | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 if (!gui_use_tabline() | |
| 3615 || p_stal == 0 | |
| 3616 || (p_stal == 1 && first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL)) | |
| 3617 return FALSE; | |
| 3618 return TRUE; | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 /* | |
| 3622 * Update the tabline. | |
| 3623 * This may display/undisplay the tabline and update the labels. | |
| 3624 */ | |
| 3625 void | |
| 3626 gui_update_tabline() | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 int showit = gui_has_tabline(); | |
| 797 | 3629 int shown = gui_mch_showing_tabline(); |
| 685 | 3630 |
| 3631 if (!gui.starting && starting == 0) | |
| 3632 { | |
| 848 | 3633 /* Updating the tabline uses direct GUI commands, flush |
| 3634 * outstanding instructions first. (esp. clear screen) */ | |
| 3635 out_flush(); | |
| 3636 gui_mch_flush(); | |
| 3637 | |
| 797 | 3638 if (!showit != !shown) |
| 3639 gui_mch_show_tabline(showit); | |
| 685 | 3640 if (showit != 0) |
| 3641 gui_mch_update_tabline(); | |
| 797 | 3642 |
| 3643 /* When the tabs change from hidden to shown or from shown to | |
| 3644 * hidden the size of the text area should remain the same. */ | |
| 3645 if (!showit != !shown) | |
| 811 | 3646 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, showit, RESIZE_VERT); |
| 685 | 3647 } |
| 3648 } | |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 /* | |
| 839 | 3651 * Get the label or tooltip for tab page "tp" into NameBuff[]. |
| 685 | 3652 */ |
| 3653 void | |
| 839 | 3654 get_tabline_label(tp, tooltip) |
| 685 | 3655 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 839 | 3656 int tooltip; /* TRUE: get tooltip */ |
| 685 | 3657 { |
| 3658 int modified = FALSE; | |
| 3659 char_u buf[40]; | |
| 3660 int wincount; | |
| 3661 win_T *wp; | |
| 857 | 3662 char_u **opt; |
| 839 | 3663 |
| 3664 /* Use 'guitablabel' or 'guitabtooltip' if it's set. */ | |
| 857 | 3665 opt = (tooltip ? &p_gtt : &p_gtl); |
| 3666 if (**opt != NUL) | |
| 685 | 3667 { |
| 687 | 3668 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 3669 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 3670 char_u res[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 706 | 3671 tabpage_T *save_curtab; |
| 839 | 3672 char_u *opt_name = (char_u *)(tooltip ? "guitabtooltip" |
| 3673 : "guitablabel"); | |
| 687 | 3674 |
| 3675 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 printer_page_num = tabpage_index(tp); | |
| 3678 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3679 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, printer_page_num); | |
| 839 | 3680 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely(opt_name, 0); |
| 687 | 3681 # endif |
| 706 | 3682 /* It's almost as going to the tabpage, but without autocommands. */ |
| 3683 curtab->tp_firstwin = firstwin; | |
| 3684 curtab->tp_lastwin = lastwin; | |
| 3685 curtab->tp_curwin = curwin; | |
| 3686 save_curtab = curtab; | |
| 3687 curtab = tp; | |
| 3688 topframe = curtab->tp_topframe; | |
| 3689 firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin; | |
| 3690 lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin; | |
| 3691 curwin = curtab->tp_curwin; | |
| 3692 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 3693 | |
| 687 | 3694 /* Can't use NameBuff directly, build_stl_str_hl() uses it. */ |
| 857 | 3695 build_stl_str_hl(curwin, res, MAXPATHL, *opt, use_sandbox, |
| 706 | 3696 0, (int)Columns, NULL, NULL); |
| 687 | 3697 STRCPY(NameBuff, res); |
| 3698 | |
| 706 | 3699 /* Back to the original curtab. */ |
| 3700 curtab = save_curtab; | |
| 3701 topframe = curtab->tp_topframe; | |
| 3702 firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin; | |
| 3703 lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin; | |
| 3704 curwin = curtab->tp_curwin; | |
| 3705 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 3706 | |
| 687 | 3707 if (called_emsg) |
| 839 | 3708 set_string_option_direct(opt_name, -1, |
| 694 | 3709 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 687 | 3710 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 3711 } | |
| 857 | 3712 |
| 3713 /* If 'guitablabel'/'guitabtooltip' is not set or the result is empty then | |
| 3714 * use a default label. */ | |
| 3715 if (**opt == NUL || *NameBuff == NUL) | |
| 687 | 3716 { |
| 819 | 3717 /* Get the buffer name into NameBuff[] and shorten it. */ |
| 687 | 3718 get_trans_bufname(tp == curtab ? curbuf : tp->tp_curwin->w_buffer); |
| 839 | 3719 if (!tooltip) |
| 3720 shorten_dir(NameBuff); | |
| 687 | 3721 |
| 3722 wp = (tp == curtab) ? firstwin : tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 3723 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 3724 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 3725 modified = TRUE; | |
| 3726 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 3729 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", wincount); | |
| 3730 else | |
| 3731 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 3732 if (modified) | |
| 3733 STRCAT(buf, "+"); | |
| 3734 STRCAT(buf, " "); | |
| 1620 | 3735 STRMOVE(NameBuff + STRLEN(buf), NameBuff); |
| 687 | 3736 mch_memmove(NameBuff, buf, STRLEN(buf)); |
| 3737 } | |
| 685 | 3738 } |
| 3739 } | |
| 3740 | |
| 691 | 3741 /* |
| 3742 * Send the event for clicking to select tab page "nr". | |
| 3743 * Returns TRUE if it was done, FALSE when skipped because we are already at | |
| 838 | 3744 * that tab page or the cmdline window is open. |
| 691 | 3745 */ |
| 3746 int | |
| 3747 send_tabline_event(nr) | |
| 3748 int nr; | |
| 3749 { | |
| 3750 char_u string[3]; | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 if (nr == tabpage_index(curtab)) | |
| 3753 return FALSE; | |
| 844 | 3754 |
| 3755 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ | |
| 3756 if (hold_gui_events | |
| 838 | 3757 # ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 844 | 3758 || cmdwin_type != 0 |
| 3759 # endif | |
| 3760 ) | |
| 838 | 3761 { |
| 3762 /* Set it back to the current tab page. */ | |
| 3763 gui_mch_set_curtab(tabpage_index(curtab)); | |
| 3764 return FALSE; | |
| 3765 } | |
| 844 | 3766 |
| 691 | 3767 string[0] = CSI; |
| 3768 string[1] = KS_TABLINE; | |
| 3769 string[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 3770 add_to_input_buf(string, 3); | |
| 3771 string[0] = nr; | |
| 3772 add_to_input_buf_csi(string, 1); | |
| 3773 return TRUE; | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 | |
| 824 | 3776 /* |
| 3777 * Send a tabline menu event | |
| 3778 */ | |
| 3779 void | |
| 3780 send_tabline_menu_event(tabidx, event) | |
| 3781 int tabidx; | |
| 3782 int event; | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 char_u string[3]; | |
| 3785 | |
| 844 | 3786 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ |
| 3787 if (hold_gui_events) | |
| 3788 return; | |
| 3789 | |
| 824 | 3790 string[0] = CSI; |
| 3791 string[1] = KS_TABMENU; | |
| 3792 string[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 3793 add_to_input_buf(string, 3); | |
| 3794 string[0] = tabidx; | |
| 3795 string[1] = (char_u)(long)event; | |
| 3796 add_to_input_buf_csi(string, 2); | |
| 3797 } | |
| 3798 | |
| 685 | 3799 #endif |
| 7 | 3800 |
| 3801 /* | |
| 3802 * Scrollbar stuff: | |
| 3803 */ | |
| 3804 | |
| 669 | 3805 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3806 /* | |
| 3807 * Remove all scrollbars. Used before switching to another tab page. | |
| 3808 */ | |
| 3809 void | |
| 3810 gui_remove_scrollbars() | |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 int i; | |
| 3813 win_T *wp; | |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) | |
| 3816 { | |
| 3817 if (i == SBAR_BOTTOM) | |
| 3818 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(&gui.bottom_sbar, FALSE); | |
| 3819 else | |
| 3820 { | |
| 3821 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, i, FALSE); | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 } | |
| 788 | 3826 curtab->tp_prev_which_scrollbars[i] = -1; |
| 669 | 3827 } |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 #endif | |
| 3830 | |
| 7 | 3831 void |
| 3832 gui_create_scrollbar(sb, type, wp) | |
| 3833 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 3834 int type; | |
| 3835 win_T *wp; | |
| 3836 { | |
| 3837 static int sbar_ident = 0; | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 sb->ident = sbar_ident++; /* No check for too big, but would it happen? */ | |
| 3840 sb->wp = wp; | |
| 3841 sb->type = type; | |
| 3842 sb->value = 0; | |
| 3843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA | |
| 3844 sb->pixval = 0; | |
| 3845 #endif | |
| 3846 sb->size = 1; | |
| 3847 sb->max = 1; | |
| 3848 sb->top = 0; | |
| 3849 sb->height = 0; | |
| 3850 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3851 sb->width = 0; | |
| 3852 #endif | |
| 3853 sb->status_height = 0; | |
| 3854 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, (wp == NULL) ? SBAR_HORIZ : SBAR_VERT); | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 /* | |
| 3858 * Find the scrollbar with the given index. | |
| 3859 */ | |
| 3860 scrollbar_T * | |
| 3861 gui_find_scrollbar(ident) | |
| 3862 long ident; | |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 win_T *wp; | |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 if (gui.bottom_sbar.ident == ident) | |
| 3867 return &gui.bottom_sbar; | |
| 3868 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 3869 { | |
| 3870 if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].ident == ident) | |
| 3871 return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]; | |
| 3872 if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].ident == ident) | |
| 3873 return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]; | |
| 3874 } | |
| 3875 return NULL; | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 /* | |
| 3879 * For most systems: Put a code in the input buffer for a dragged scrollbar. | |
| 3880 * | |
| 3881 * For Win32, Macintosh and GTK+ 2: | |
| 3882 * Scrollbars seem to grab focus and vim doesn't read the input queue until | |
| 3883 * you stop dragging the scrollbar. We get here each time the scrollbar is | |
| 3884 * dragged another pixel, but as far as the rest of vim goes, it thinks | |
| 3885 * we're just hanging in the call to DispatchMessage() in | |
| 3886 * process_message(). The DispatchMessage() call that hangs was passed a | |
| 3887 * mouse button click event in the scrollbar window. -- webb. | |
| 3888 * | |
| 3889 * Solution: Do the scrolling right here. But only when allowed. | |
| 3890 * Ignore the scrollbars while executing an external command or when there | |
| 3891 * are still characters to be processed. | |
| 3892 */ | |
| 3893 void | |
| 3894 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, still_dragging) | |
| 3895 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 3896 long value; | |
| 3897 int still_dragging; | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3900 win_T *wp; | |
| 3901 #endif | |
| 3902 int sb_num; | |
| 3903 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3904 colnr_T old_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol; | |
| 3905 # ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 3906 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 3907 # endif | |
| 3908 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3909 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 3910 # endif | |
| 3911 #else | |
| 664 | 3912 char_u bytes[sizeof(long_u)]; |
| 7 | 3913 int byte_count; |
| 3914 #endif | |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 3917 return; | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 /* Don't put events in the input queue now. */ | |
| 3920 if (hold_gui_events) | |
| 3921 return; | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3924 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && sb->wp != curwin) | |
| 3925 return; | |
| 3926 #endif | |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 if (still_dragging) | |
| 3929 { | |
| 3930 if (sb->wp == NULL) | |
| 3931 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_BOTTOM; | |
| 3932 else if (sb == &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3933 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_LEFT; | |
| 3934 else | |
| 3935 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_RIGHT; | |
| 3936 gui.dragged_wp = sb->wp; | |
| 3937 } | |
| 3938 else | |
| 3939 { | |
| 3940 gui.dragged_sb = SBAR_NONE; | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
3941 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 7 | 3942 /* Keep the "dragged_wp" value until after the scrolling, for when the |
| 4352 | 3943 * mouse button is released. GTK2 doesn't send the button-up event. */ |
| 7 | 3944 gui.dragged_wp = NULL; |
| 3945 #endif | |
| 3946 } | |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 /* Vertical sbar info is kept in the first sbar (the left one) */ | |
| 3949 if (sb->wp != NULL) | |
| 3950 sb = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 /* | |
| 3953 * Check validity of value | |
| 3954 */ | |
| 3955 if (value < 0) | |
| 3956 value = 0; | |
| 3957 #ifdef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 3958 else if (value > sb->max) | |
| 3959 value = sb->max; | |
| 3960 #else | |
| 3961 if (value > sb->max - sb->size + 1) | |
| 3962 value = sb->max - sb->size + 1; | |
| 3963 #endif | |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 sb->value = value; | |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 1476 | 3968 /* When not allowed to do the scrolling right now, return. |
| 3969 * This also checked input_available(), but that causes the first click in | |
| 3970 * a scrollbar to be ignored when Vim doesn't have focus. */ | |
| 3971 if (dont_scroll) | |
| 7 | 3972 return; |
| 3973 #endif | |
| 973 | 3974 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 3975 /* Disallow scrolling the current window when the completion popup menu is | |
| 3976 * visible. */ | |
| 3977 if ((sb->wp == NULL || sb->wp == curwin) && pum_visible()) | |
| 3978 return; | |
| 3979 #endif | |
| 7 | 3980 |
| 3981 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3982 if (sb->wp == NULL && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 value = sb->max + 1 - sb->size - value; | |
| 3985 if (value < 0) | |
| 3986 value = 0; | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 #endif | |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* vertical scrollbar */ | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 sb_num = 0; | |
| 3993 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3994 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3995 sb_num++; | |
| 3996 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 3997 return; | |
| 3998 #else | |
| 3999 if (sb->wp != curwin) | |
| 4000 return; | |
| 4001 #endif | |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 4004 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 4005 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 4006 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 4007 { | |
| 4008 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 4009 setcursor(); | |
| 4010 } | |
| 4011 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 4012 { | |
| 4013 ins_scroll(); | |
| 4014 setcursor(); | |
| 4015 } | |
| 4016 else if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 if (msg_scrolled == 0) | |
| 4019 { | |
| 4020 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 4021 redrawcmdline(); | |
| 4022 } | |
| 4023 } | |
| 4024 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4025 /* Value may have been changed for closed fold. */ | |
| 4026 sb->value = sb->wp->w_topline - 1; | |
| 4027 # endif | |
| 788 | 4028 |
| 4029 /* When dragging one scrollbar and there is another one at the other | |
| 4030 * side move the thumb of that one too. */ | |
| 4031 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] && gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4032 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( | |
| 4033 &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[ | |
| 4034 sb == &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] | |
| 4035 ? SBAR_LEFT : SBAR_RIGHT], | |
| 4036 sb->value, sb->size, sb->max); | |
| 4037 | |
| 7 | 4038 #else |
| 4039 bytes[0] = CSI; | |
| 4040 bytes[1] = KS_VER_SCROLLBAR; | |
| 4041 bytes[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 4042 bytes[3] = (char_u)sb_num; | |
| 4043 byte_count = 4; | |
| 4044 #endif | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 else | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 4049 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 if (State & NORMAL) | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4052 gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4053 else if (State & INSERT) |
| 4054 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 4055 else if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 4056 { | |
| 540 | 4057 if (msg_scrolled == 0) |
| 7 | 4058 { |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4059 gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4060 redrawcmdline(); |
| 4061 } | |
| 4062 } | |
| 4063 if (old_leftcol != curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 4064 { | |
| 4065 updateWindow(curwin); /* update window, status and cmdline */ | |
| 4066 setcursor(); | |
| 4067 } | |
| 4068 #else | |
| 4069 bytes[0] = CSI; | |
| 4070 bytes[1] = KS_HOR_SCROLLBAR; | |
| 4071 bytes[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 4072 byte_count = 3; | |
| 4073 #endif | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 4077 # ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 4078 /* | |
| 4079 * synchronize other windows, as necessary according to 'scrollbind' | |
| 4080 */ | |
| 4081 if (curwin->w_p_scb | |
| 4082 && ((sb->wp == NULL && curwin->w_leftcol != old_leftcol) | |
| 4083 || (sb->wp == curwin && (curwin->w_topline != old_topline | |
| 4084 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4085 || curwin->w_topfill != old_topfill | |
| 4086 # endif | |
| 4087 )))) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 4090 /* need to update the window right here */ | |
| 4091 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 4092 if (wp->w_redr_type > 0) | |
| 4093 updateWindow(wp); | |
| 4094 setcursor(); | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 # endif | |
| 4097 out_flush(); | |
| 4098 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 4099 #else | |
| 664 | 4100 add_to_input_buf(bytes, byte_count); |
| 4101 add_long_to_buf((long_u)value, bytes); | |
| 4102 add_to_input_buf_csi(bytes, sizeof(long_u)); | |
| 7 | 4103 #endif |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 /* | |
| 4107 * Scrollbar stuff: | |
| 4108 */ | |
| 4109 | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
4110 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 1906 | 4111 /* |
| 4112 * Called when something in the window layout has changed. | |
| 4113 */ | |
| 4114 void | |
| 4115 gui_may_update_scrollbars() | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 if (gui.in_use && starting == 0) | |
| 4118 { | |
| 4119 out_flush(); | |
| 4120 gui_init_which_components(NULL); | |
| 4121 gui_update_scrollbars(TRUE); | |
| 4122 } | |
| 4123 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
| 4124 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
4125 #endif |
| 1906 | 4126 |
| 7 | 4127 void |
| 4128 gui_update_scrollbars(force) | |
| 4129 int force; /* Force all scrollbars to get updated */ | |
| 4130 { | |
| 4131 win_T *wp; | |
| 4132 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 4133 long val, size, max; /* need 32 bits here */ | |
| 4134 int which_sb; | |
| 4135 int h, y; | |
| 4136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4137 static win_T *prev_curwin = NULL; | |
| 4138 #endif | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 /* Update the horizontal scrollbar */ | |
| 4141 gui_update_horiz_scrollbar(force); | |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 #ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 4144 /* Return straight away if there is neither a left nor right scrollbar. | |
| 4145 * On MS-Windows this is required anyway for scrollwheel messages. */ | |
| 4146 if (!gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] && !gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 4147 return; | |
| 4148 #endif | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 /* | |
| 4151 * Don't want to update a scrollbar while we're dragging it. But if we | |
| 4152 * have both a left and right scrollbar, and we drag one of them, we still | |
| 4153 * need to update the other one. | |
| 4154 */ | |
| 674 | 4155 if (!force && (gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_LEFT || gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_RIGHT) |
| 4156 && gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] | |
| 4157 && gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 7 | 4158 { |
| 4159 /* | |
| 4160 * If we have two scrollbars and one of them is being dragged, just | |
| 4161 * copy the scrollbar position from the dragged one to the other one. | |
| 4162 */ | |
| 4163 which_sb = SBAR_LEFT + SBAR_RIGHT - gui.dragged_sb; | |
| 4164 if (gui.dragged_wp != NULL) | |
| 4165 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( | |
| 4166 &gui.dragged_wp->w_scrollbars[which_sb], | |
| 4167 gui.dragged_wp->w_scrollbars[0].value, | |
| 4168 gui.dragged_wp->w_scrollbars[0].size, | |
| 4169 gui.dragged_wp->w_scrollbars[0].max); | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 /* avoid that moving components around generates events */ | |
| 4173 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 4176 { | |
| 4177 if (wp->w_buffer == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4178 continue; | |
| 674 | 4179 /* Skip a scrollbar that is being dragged. */ |
| 4180 if (!force && (gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_LEFT | |
| 4181 || gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4182 && gui.dragged_wp == wp) | |
| 4183 continue; | |
| 4184 | |
| 7 | 4185 #ifdef SCROLL_PAST_END |
| 4186 max = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count - 1; | |
| 4187 #else | |
| 4188 max = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count + wp->w_height - 2; | |
| 4189 #endif | |
| 4190 if (max < 0) /* empty buffer */ | |
| 4191 max = 0; | |
| 4192 val = wp->w_topline - 1; | |
| 4193 size = wp->w_height; | |
| 4194 #ifdef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 4195 if (val > max) /* just in case */ | |
| 4196 val = max; | |
| 4197 #else | |
| 4198 if (size > max + 1) /* just in case */ | |
| 4199 size = max + 1; | |
| 4200 if (val > max - size + 1) | |
| 4201 val = max - size + 1; | |
| 4202 #endif | |
| 4203 if (val < 0) /* minimal value is 0 */ | |
| 4204 val = 0; | |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 /* | |
| 4207 * Scrollbar at index 0 (the left one) contains all the information. | |
| 4208 * It would be the same info for left and right so we just store it for | |
| 4209 * one of them. | |
| 4210 */ | |
| 4211 sb = &wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 /* | |
| 4214 * Note: no check for valid w_botline. If it's not valid the | |
| 4215 * scrollbars will be updated later anyway. | |
| 4216 */ | |
| 4217 if (size < 1 || wp->w_botline - 2 > max) | |
| 4218 { | |
| 4219 /* | |
| 4220 * This can happen during changing files. Just don't update the | |
| 4221 * scrollbar for now. | |
| 4222 */ | |
| 4223 sb->height = 0; /* Force update next time */ | |
| 4224 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4225 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, SBAR_LEFT, FALSE); | |
| 4226 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 4227 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, SBAR_RIGHT, FALSE); | |
| 4228 continue; | |
| 4229 } | |
| 4230 if (force || sb->height != wp->w_height | |
| 4231 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 4232 || sb->top != wp->w_winrow | |
| 4233 || sb->status_height != wp->w_status_height | |
| 4234 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4235 || sb->width != wp->w_width | |
| 4236 || prev_curwin != curwin | |
| 4237 # endif | |
| 4238 #endif | |
| 4239 ) | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 /* Height, width or position of scrollbar has changed. For | |
| 4242 * vertical split: curwin changed. */ | |
| 4243 sb->height = wp->w_height; | |
| 4244 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 4245 sb->top = wp->w_winrow; | |
| 4246 sb->status_height = wp->w_status_height; | |
| 4247 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4248 sb->width = wp->w_width; | |
| 4249 # endif | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 /* Calculate height and position in pixels */ | |
| 4253 h = (sb->height + sb->status_height) * gui.char_height; | |
| 4254 y = sb->top * gui.char_height + gui.border_offset; | |
| 4255 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_PHOTON) | |
| 4256 if (gui.menu_is_active) | |
| 4257 y += gui.menu_height; | |
| 4258 #endif | |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) | |
| 4261 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL) | |
| 4262 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA | |
| 4263 y += gui.toolbar_height; | |
| 4264 # else | |
| 4265 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 4266 y += TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT + TOOLBAR_BORDER_HEIGHT; | |
| 4267 # endif | |
| 4268 # endif | |
| 4269 #endif | |
| 4270 | |
| 810 | 4271 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) |
| 4272 if (gui_has_tabline()) | |
| 843 | 4273 y += gui.tabline_height; |
| 810 | 4274 #endif |
| 4275 | |
| 7 | 4276 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 4277 if (wp->w_winrow == 0) | |
| 4278 #endif | |
| 4279 { | |
| 4280 /* Height of top scrollbar includes width of top border */ | |
| 4281 h += gui.border_offset; | |
| 4282 y -= gui.border_offset; | |
| 4283 } | |
| 4284 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT], | |
| 4287 gui.left_sbar_x, y, | |
| 4288 gui.scrollbar_width, h); | |
| 4289 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, SBAR_LEFT, TRUE); | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 4292 { | |
| 4293 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT], | |
| 4294 gui.right_sbar_x, y, | |
| 4295 gui.scrollbar_width, h); | |
| 4296 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, SBAR_RIGHT, TRUE); | |
| 4297 } | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 /* Reduce the number of calls to gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb() by | |
| 4301 * checking if the thumb moved at least a pixel. Only do this for | |
| 4302 * Athena, most other GUIs require the update anyway to make the | |
| 4303 * arrows work. */ | |
| 4304 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA | |
| 4305 if (max == 0) | |
| 4306 y = 0; | |
| 4307 else | |
| 4308 y = (val * (sb->height + 2) * gui.char_height + max / 2) / max; | |
| 4309 if (force || sb->pixval != y || sb->size != size || sb->max != max) | |
| 4310 #else | |
| 4311 if (force || sb->value != val || sb->size != size || sb->max != max) | |
| 4312 #endif | |
| 4313 { | |
| 4314 /* Thumb of scrollbar has moved */ | |
| 4315 sb->value = val; | |
| 4316 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_ATHENA | |
| 4317 sb->pixval = y; | |
| 4318 #endif | |
| 4319 sb->size = size; | |
| 4320 sb->max = max; | |
| 674 | 4321 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] |
| 4322 && (gui.dragged_sb != SBAR_LEFT || gui.dragged_wp != wp)) | |
| 7 | 4323 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT], |
| 4324 val, size, max); | |
| 4325 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] | |
| 674 | 4326 && (gui.dragged_sb != SBAR_RIGHT || gui.dragged_wp != wp)) |
| 7 | 4327 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT], |
| 4328 val, size, max); | |
| 4329 } | |
| 4330 } | |
| 4331 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4332 prev_curwin = curwin; | |
| 4333 #endif | |
| 4334 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 /* | |
| 4338 * Enable or disable a scrollbar. | |
| 4339 * Check for scrollbars for vertically split windows which are not enabled | |
| 4340 * sometimes. | |
| 4341 */ | |
| 4342 static void | |
| 4343 gui_do_scrollbar(wp, which, enable) | |
| 4344 win_T *wp; | |
| 4345 int which; /* SBAR_LEFT or SBAR_RIGHT */ | |
| 4346 int enable; /* TRUE to enable scrollbar */ | |
| 4347 { | |
| 4348 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4349 int midcol = curwin->w_wincol + curwin->w_width / 2; | |
| 4350 int has_midcol = (wp->w_wincol <= midcol | |
| 4351 && wp->w_wincol + wp->w_width >= midcol); | |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 /* Only enable scrollbars that contain the middle column of the current | |
| 4354 * window. */ | |
| 4355 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] != gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4356 { | |
| 4357 /* Scrollbars only on one side. Don't enable scrollbars that don't | |
| 4358 * contain the middle column of the current window. */ | |
| 4359 if (!has_midcol) | |
| 4360 enable = FALSE; | |
| 4361 } | |
| 4362 else | |
| 4363 { | |
| 4364 /* Scrollbars on both sides. Don't enable scrollbars that neither | |
| 4365 * contain the middle column of the current window nor are on the far | |
| 4366 * side. */ | |
| 4367 if (midcol > Columns / 2) | |
| 4368 { | |
| 4369 if (which == SBAR_LEFT ? wp->w_wincol != 0 : !has_midcol) | |
| 4370 enable = FALSE; | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 else | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 if (which == SBAR_RIGHT ? wp->w_wincol + wp->w_width != Columns | |
| 4375 : !has_midcol) | |
| 4376 enable = FALSE; | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 } | |
| 4379 #endif | |
| 4380 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[which], enable); | |
| 4381 } | |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 /* | |
| 4384 * Scroll a window according to the values set in the globals current_scrollbar | |
| 4385 * and scrollbar_value. Return TRUE if the cursor in the current window moved | |
| 4386 * or FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4387 */ | |
| 4388 int | |
| 4389 gui_do_scroll() | |
| 4390 { | |
| 4391 win_T *wp, *save_wp; | |
| 4392 int i; | |
| 4393 long nlines; | |
| 4394 pos_T old_cursor; | |
| 4395 linenr_T old_topline; | |
| 4396 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4397 int old_topfill; | |
| 4398 #endif | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 for (wp = firstwin, i = 0; i < current_scrollbar; wp = W_NEXT(wp), i++) | |
| 4401 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 4402 break; | |
| 4403 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 4404 /* Couldn't find window */ | |
| 4405 return FALSE; | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 /* | |
| 4408 * Compute number of lines to scroll. If zero, nothing to do. | |
| 4409 */ | |
| 4410 nlines = (long)scrollbar_value + 1 - (long)wp->w_topline; | |
| 4411 if (nlines == 0) | |
| 4412 return FALSE; | |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 save_wp = curwin; | |
| 4415 old_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 4416 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4417 old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 4418 #endif | |
| 4419 old_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 4420 curwin = wp; | |
| 4421 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 4422 if (nlines < 0) | |
| 4423 scrolldown(-nlines, gui.dragged_wp == NULL); | |
| 4424 else | |
| 4425 scrollup(nlines, gui.dragged_wp == NULL); | |
| 4426 /* Reset dragged_wp after using it. "dragged_sb" will have been reset for | |
| 4427 * the mouse-up event already, but we still want it to behave like when | |
| 4428 * dragging. But not the next click in an arrow. */ | |
| 4429 if (gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_NONE) | |
| 4430 gui.dragged_wp = NULL; | |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 if (old_topline != wp->w_topline | |
| 4433 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4434 || old_topfill != wp->w_topfill | |
| 4435 #endif | |
| 4436 ) | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 if (p_so != 0) | |
| 4439 { | |
| 4440 cursor_correct(); /* fix window for 'so' */ | |
| 4441 update_topline(); /* avoid up/down jump */ | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 if (old_cursor.lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4444 coladvance(wp->w_curswant); | |
| 4445 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 4446 wp->w_scbind_pos = wp->w_topline; | |
| 4447 #endif | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 519 | 4450 /* Make sure wp->w_leftcol and wp->w_skipcol are correct. */ |
| 4451 validate_cursor(); | |
| 4452 | |
| 7 | 4453 curwin = save_wp; |
| 4454 curbuf = save_wp->w_buffer; | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 /* | |
| 4457 * Don't call updateWindow() when nothing has changed (it will overwrite | |
| 4458 * the status line!). | |
| 4459 */ | |
| 4460 if (old_topline != wp->w_topline | |
| 519 | 4461 || wp->w_redr_type != 0 |
| 7 | 4462 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4463 || old_topfill != wp->w_topfill | |
| 4464 #endif | |
| 4465 ) | |
| 4466 { | |
| 1434 | 4467 int type = VALID; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 4470 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 4471 { | |
| 4472 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 4473 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 4474 } | |
| 4475 #endif | |
| 4476 /* Don't set must_redraw here, it may cause the popup menu to | |
| 4477 * disappear when losing focus after a scrollbar drag. */ | |
| 4478 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 4479 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 7 | 4480 updateWindow(wp); /* update window, status line, and cmdline */ |
| 4481 } | |
| 4482 | |
| 973 | 4483 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 4484 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
| 4485 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 4486 pum_redraw(); | |
| 4487 #endif | |
| 4488 | |
| 7 | 4489 return (wp == curwin && !equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, old_cursor)); |
| 4490 } | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 /* | |
| 4494 * Horizontal scrollbar stuff: | |
| 4495 */ | |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 /* | |
| 4498 * Return length of line "lnum" for horizontal scrolling. | |
| 4499 */ | |
| 4500 static colnr_T | |
| 4501 scroll_line_len(lnum) | |
| 4502 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 4503 { | |
| 4504 char_u *p; | |
| 4505 colnr_T col; | |
| 4506 int w; | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 4509 col = 0; | |
| 4510 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 4511 for (;;) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 w = chartabsize(p, col); | |
| 39 | 4514 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 7 | 4515 if (*p == NUL) /* don't count the last character */ |
| 4516 break; | |
| 4517 col += w; | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 return col; | |
| 4520 } | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 /* Remember which line is currently the longest, so that we don't have to | |
| 4523 * search for it when scrolling horizontally. */ | |
| 4524 static linenr_T longest_lnum = 0; | |
| 4525 | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4526 /* |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4527 * Find longest visible line number. If this is not possible (or not desired, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4528 * by setting 'h' in "guioptions") then the current line number is returned. |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4529 */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4530 static linenr_T |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4531 gui_find_longest_lnum() |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4532 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4533 linenr_T ret = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4534 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4535 /* Calculate maximum for horizontal scrollbar. Check for reasonable |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4536 * line numbers, topline and botline can be invalid when displaying is |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4537 * postponed. */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4538 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_HORSCROLL) == NULL |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4539 && curwin->w_topline <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4540 && curwin->w_botline > curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4541 && curwin->w_botline <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4542 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4543 linenr_T lnum; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4544 colnr_T n; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4545 long max = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4546 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4547 /* Use maximum of all visible lines. Remember the lnum of the |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4548 * longest line, closest to the cursor line. Used when scrolling |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4549 * below. */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4550 for (lnum = curwin->w_topline; lnum < curwin->w_botline; ++lnum) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4551 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4552 n = scroll_line_len(lnum); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4553 if (n > (colnr_T)max) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4554 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4555 max = n; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4556 ret = lnum; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4557 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4558 else if (n == (colnr_T)max |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4559 && abs((int)(lnum - curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4560 < abs((int)(ret - curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4561 ret = lnum; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4562 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4563 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4564 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4565 /* Use cursor line only. */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4566 ret = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4567 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4568 return ret; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4569 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4570 |
| 7 | 4571 static void |
| 4572 gui_update_horiz_scrollbar(force) | |
| 4573 int force; | |
| 4574 { | |
| 4575 long value, size, max; /* need 32 bit ints here */ | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 if (!gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 4578 return; | |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 if (!force && gui.dragged_sb == SBAR_BOTTOM) | |
| 4581 return; | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 if (!force && curwin->w_p_wrap && gui.prev_wrap) | |
| 4584 return; | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 /* | |
| 4587 * It is possible for the cursor to be invalid if we're in the middle of | |
| 4588 * something (like changing files). If so, don't do anything for now. | |
| 4589 */ | |
| 4590 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4591 { | |
| 4592 gui.bottom_sbar.value = -1; | |
| 4593 return; | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 size = W_WIDTH(curwin); | |
| 4597 if (curwin->w_p_wrap) | |
| 4598 { | |
| 4599 value = 0; | |
| 4600 #ifdef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 4601 max = 0; | |
| 4602 #else | |
| 4603 max = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 4604 #endif | |
| 4605 } | |
| 4606 else | |
| 4607 { | |
| 4608 value = curwin->w_leftcol; | |
| 4609 | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4610 longest_lnum = gui_find_longest_lnum(); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4611 max = scroll_line_len(longest_lnum); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4612 |
| 7 | 4613 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 4614 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 /* May move the cursor even further to the right. */ | |
| 4617 if (curwin->w_virtcol >= (colnr_T)max) | |
| 4618 max = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 4619 } | |
| 4620 #endif | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 #ifndef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 4623 max += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 4624 #endif | |
| 4625 /* The line number isn't scrolled, thus there is less space when | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2065
diff
changeset
|
4626 * 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set (also for 'foldcolumn'). */ |
| 7 | 4627 size -= curwin_col_off(); |
| 4628 #ifndef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 4629 max -= curwin_col_off(); | |
| 4630 #endif | |
| 4631 } | |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 #ifndef SCROLL_PAST_END | |
| 4634 if (value > max - size + 1) | |
| 4635 value = max - size + 1; /* limit the value to allowable range */ | |
| 4636 #endif | |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4639 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 4640 { | |
| 4641 value = max + 1 - size - value; | |
| 4642 if (value < 0) | |
| 4643 { | |
| 4644 size += value; | |
| 4645 value = 0; | |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 } | |
| 4648 #endif | |
| 4649 if (!force && value == gui.bottom_sbar.value && size == gui.bottom_sbar.size | |
| 4650 && max == gui.bottom_sbar.max) | |
| 4651 return; | |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 gui.bottom_sbar.value = value; | |
| 4654 gui.bottom_sbar.size = size; | |
| 4655 gui.bottom_sbar.max = max; | |
| 4656 gui.prev_wrap = curwin->w_p_wrap; | |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(&gui.bottom_sbar, value, size, max); | |
| 4659 } | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* | |
| 4662 * Do a horizontal scroll. Return TRUE if the cursor moved, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4663 */ | |
| 4664 int | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4665 gui_do_horiz_scroll(leftcol, compute_longest_lnum) |
|
2416
1a9c16dd76d4
Fix compiler warnings on 64 bit systems.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4666 long_u leftcol; |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4667 int compute_longest_lnum; |
| 7 | 4668 { |
| 4669 /* no wrapping, no scrolling */ | |
| 4670 if (curwin->w_p_wrap) | |
| 4671 return FALSE; | |
| 4672 | |
|
2416
1a9c16dd76d4
Fix compiler warnings on 64 bit systems.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4673 if (curwin->w_leftcol == (colnr_T)leftcol) |
| 7 | 4674 return FALSE; |
| 4675 | |
|
2416
1a9c16dd76d4
Fix compiler warnings on 64 bit systems.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4676 curwin->w_leftcol = (colnr_T)leftcol; |
| 7 | 4677 |
| 4678 /* When the line of the cursor is too short, move the cursor to the | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4679 * longest visible line. */ |
| 7 | 4680 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_HORSCROLL) == NULL |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4681 && !virtual_active() |
|
2416
1a9c16dd76d4
Fix compiler warnings on 64 bit systems.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4682 && (colnr_T)leftcol > scroll_line_len(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7 | 4683 { |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4684 if (compute_longest_lnum) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4685 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4686 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = gui_find_longest_lnum(); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4687 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4688 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4689 /* Do a sanity check on "longest_lnum", just in case. */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4690 else if (longest_lnum >= curwin->w_topline |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4691 && longest_lnum < curwin->w_botline) |
| 7 | 4692 { |
| 4693 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = longest_lnum; | |
| 4694 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 4695 } | |
| 4696 } | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 return leftcol_changed(); | |
| 4699 } | |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 /* | |
| 4702 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color | |
| 4703 */ | |
| 4704 void | |
| 4705 gui_check_colors() | |
| 4706 { | |
| 4707 if (gui.norm_pixel == gui.back_pixel || gui.norm_pixel == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 4708 { | |
| 4709 gui_set_bg_color((char_u *)"White"); | |
| 4710 if (gui.norm_pixel == gui.back_pixel || gui.norm_pixel == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 4711 gui_set_fg_color((char_u *)"Black"); | |
| 4712 } | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 | |
| 203 | 4715 static void |
| 7 | 4716 gui_set_fg_color(name) |
| 4717 char_u *name; | |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 gui.norm_pixel = gui_get_color(name); | |
| 4720 hl_set_fg_color_name(vim_strsave(name)); | |
| 4721 } | |
| 4722 | |
| 203 | 4723 static void |
| 7 | 4724 gui_set_bg_color(name) |
| 4725 char_u *name; | |
| 4726 { | |
| 4727 gui.back_pixel = gui_get_color(name); | |
| 4728 hl_set_bg_color_name(vim_strsave(name)); | |
| 4729 } | |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 /* | |
| 4732 * Allocate a color by name. | |
| 4733 * Returns INVALCOLOR and gives an error message when failed. | |
| 4734 */ | |
| 4735 guicolor_T | |
| 4736 gui_get_color(name) | |
| 4737 char_u *name; | |
| 4738 { | |
| 4739 guicolor_T t; | |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 if (*name == NUL) | |
| 4742 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 4743 t = gui_mch_get_color(name); | |
| 11 | 4744 |
| 7 | 4745 if (t == INVALCOLOR |
| 574 | 4746 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4747 && gui.in_use |
| 4748 #endif | |
| 4749 ) | |
| 4750 EMSG2(_("E254: Cannot allocate color %s"), name); | |
| 4751 return t; | |
| 4752 } | |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 /* | |
| 4755 * Return the grey value of a color (range 0-255). | |
| 4756 */ | |
| 4757 int | |
| 4758 gui_get_lightness(pixel) | |
| 4759 guicolor_T pixel; | |
| 4760 { | |
| 4761 long_u rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(pixel); | |
| 4762 | |
| 835 | 4763 return (int)( (((rgb >> 16) & 0xff) * 299) |
| 856 | 4764 + (((rgb >> 8) & 0xff) * 587) |
| 4765 + ((rgb & 0xff) * 114)) / 1000; | |
| 7 | 4766 } |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4769 void | |
| 4770 gui_new_scrollbar_colors() | |
| 4771 { | |
| 4772 win_T *wp; | |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 /* Nothing to do if GUI hasn't started yet. */ | |
| 4775 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 4776 return; | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 4779 { | |
| 4780 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_colors(&(wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])); | |
| 4781 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_colors(&(wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])); | |
| 4782 } | |
| 4783 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_colors(&gui.bottom_sbar); | |
| 4784 } | |
| 4785 #endif | |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 /* | |
| 4788 * Call this when focus has changed. | |
| 4789 */ | |
| 4790 void | |
| 4791 gui_focus_change(in_focus) | |
| 4792 int in_focus; | |
| 4793 { | |
| 4794 /* | |
| 4795 * Skip this code to avoid drawing the cursor when debugging and switching | |
| 4796 * between the debugger window and gvim. | |
| 4797 */ | |
| 4798 #if 1 | |
| 4799 gui.in_focus = in_focus; | |
| 4800 out_flush(); /* make sure output has been written */ | |
| 4801 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 # ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 4804 xim_set_focus(in_focus); | |
| 4805 # endif | |
| 4806 | |
| 1380 | 4807 /* Put events in the input queue only when allowed. |
| 4808 * ui_focus_change() isn't called directly, because it invokes | |
| 4809 * autocommands and that must not happen asynchronously. */ | |
| 4810 if (!hold_gui_events) | |
| 4811 { | |
| 4812 char_u bytes[3]; | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 bytes[0] = CSI; | |
| 4815 bytes[1] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 4816 bytes[2] = in_focus ? (int)KE_FOCUSGAINED : (int)KE_FOCUSLOST; | |
| 4817 add_to_input_buf(bytes, 3); | |
| 4818 } | |
| 7 | 4819 #endif |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 /* | |
| 4823 * Called when the mouse moved (but not when dragging). | |
| 4824 */ | |
| 4825 void | |
| 4826 gui_mouse_moved(x, y) | |
| 4827 int x; | |
| 4828 int y; | |
| 4829 { | |
| 4830 win_T *wp; | |
| 894 | 4831 char_u st[8]; |
| 7 | 4832 |
| 771 | 4833 /* Ignore this while still starting up. */ |
| 4834 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) | |
| 4835 return; | |
| 4836 | |
| 7 | 4837 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE |
| 4838 /* Get window pointer, and update mouse shape as well. */ | |
| 4839 wp = xy2win(x, y); | |
| 4840 #endif | |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 /* Only handle this when 'mousefocus' set and ... */ | |
| 4843 if (p_mousef | |
| 4844 && !hold_gui_events /* not holding events */ | |
| 4845 && (State & (NORMAL|INSERT))/* Normal/Visual/Insert mode */ | |
| 4846 && State != HITRETURN /* but not hit-return prompt */ | |
| 4847 && msg_scrolled == 0 /* no scrolled message */ | |
| 4848 && !need_mouse_correct /* not moving the pointer */ | |
| 4849 && gui.in_focus) /* gvim in focus */ | |
| 4850 { | |
| 4851 /* Don't move the mouse when it's left or right of the Vim window */ | |
| 4852 if (x < 0 || x > Columns * gui.char_width) | |
| 4853 return; | |
| 4854 #ifndef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 4855 wp = xy2win(x, y); | |
| 4856 #endif | |
| 4857 if (wp == curwin || wp == NULL) | |
| 4858 return; /* still in the same old window, or none at all */ | |
| 4859 | |
| 859 | 4860 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 4861 /* Ignore position in the tab pages line. */ | |
| 4862 if (Y_2_ROW(y) < tabline_height()) | |
| 4863 return; | |
| 4864 #endif | |
| 4865 | |
| 7 | 4866 /* |
| 4867 * format a mouse click on status line input | |
| 4868 * ala gui_send_mouse_event(0, x, y, 0, 0); | |
| 261 | 4869 * Trick: Use a column number -1, so that get_pseudo_mouse_code() will |
| 4870 * generate a K_LEFTMOUSE_NM key code. | |
| 7 | 4871 */ |
| 4872 if (finish_op) | |
| 4873 { | |
| 4874 /* abort the current operator first */ | |
| 4875 st[0] = ESC; | |
| 4876 add_to_input_buf(st, 1); | |
| 4877 } | |
| 4878 st[0] = CSI; | |
| 4879 st[1] = KS_MOUSE; | |
| 4880 st[2] = KE_FILLER; | |
| 4881 st[3] = (char_u)MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 4882 fill_mouse_coord(st + 4, | |
| 4883 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 261 | 4884 wp->w_wincol == 0 ? -1 : wp->w_wincol + MOUSE_COLOFF, |
| 7 | 4885 #else |
| 4886 -1, | |
| 4887 #endif | |
| 4888 wp->w_height + W_WINROW(wp)); | |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 add_to_input_buf(st, 8); | |
| 4891 st[3] = (char_u)MOUSE_RELEASE; | |
| 4892 add_to_input_buf(st, 8); | |
| 4893 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 4894 /* Need to wake up the main loop */ | |
| 4895 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 4896 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 4897 #endif | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 /* | |
| 4902 * Called when mouse should be moved to window with focus. | |
| 4903 */ | |
| 4904 void | |
| 4905 gui_mouse_correct() | |
| 4906 { | |
| 4907 int x, y; | |
| 4908 win_T *wp = NULL; | |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 need_mouse_correct = FALSE; | |
| 87 | 4911 |
| 4912 if (!(gui.in_use && p_mousef)) | |
| 4913 return; | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 4916 /* Don't move the mouse when it's left or right of the Vim window */ | |
| 4917 if (x < 0 || x > Columns * gui.char_width) | |
| 4918 return; | |
| 877 | 4919 if (y >= 0 |
| 859 | 4920 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 877 | 4921 && Y_2_ROW(y) >= tabline_height() |
| 859 | 4922 # endif |
| 877 | 4923 ) |
| 87 | 4924 wp = xy2win(x, y); |
| 4925 if (wp != curwin && wp != NULL) /* If in other than current window */ | |
| 7 | 4926 { |
| 87 | 4927 validate_cline_row(); |
| 4928 gui_mch_setmouse((int)W_ENDCOL(curwin) * gui.char_width - 3, | |
| 4929 (W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow) * gui.char_height | |
| 7 | 4930 + (gui.char_height) / 2); |
| 4931 } | |
| 4932 } | |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 /* | |
| 4935 * Find window where the mouse pointer "y" coordinate is in. | |
| 4936 */ | |
| 4937 static win_T * | |
| 4938 xy2win(x, y) | |
| 1887 | 4939 int x UNUSED; |
| 4940 int y UNUSED; | |
| 7 | 4941 { |
| 4942 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 4943 int row; | |
| 4944 int col; | |
| 4945 win_T *wp; | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 row = Y_2_ROW(y); | |
| 4948 col = X_2_COL(x); | |
| 4949 if (row < 0 || col < 0) /* before first window */ | |
| 4950 return NULL; | |
| 4951 wp = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 4952 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 4953 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) | |
| 4954 { | |
| 4955 if (Y_2_ROW(y) >= msg_row) | |
| 4956 update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_MOREL); | |
| 4957 else | |
| 4958 update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_MORE); | |
| 4959 } | |
| 4960 else if (row > wp->w_height) /* below status line */ | |
| 4961 update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_CLINE); | |
| 4962 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 4963 else if (!(State & CMDLINE) && W_VSEP_WIDTH(wp) > 0 && col == wp->w_width | |
| 819 | 4964 && (row != wp->w_height || !stl_connected(wp)) && msg_scrolled == 0) |
| 7 | 4965 update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_VSEP); |
| 4966 # endif | |
| 4967 else if (!(State & CMDLINE) && W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) > 0 | |
| 819 | 4968 && row == wp->w_height && msg_scrolled == 0) |
| 7 | 4969 update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_STATUS); |
| 4970 else | |
| 4971 update_mouseshape(-2); | |
| 4972 # endif | |
| 4973 return wp; | |
| 4974 #else | |
| 4975 return firstwin; | |
| 4976 #endif | |
| 4977 } | |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 /* | |
| 4980 * ":gui" and ":gvim": Change from the terminal version to the GUI version. | |
| 4981 * File names may be given to redefine the args list. | |
| 4982 */ | |
| 4983 void | |
| 4984 ex_gui(eap) | |
| 4985 exarg_T *eap; | |
| 4986 { | |
| 4987 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 /* | |
| 4990 * Check for "-f" argument: foreground, don't fork. | |
| 4991 * Also don't fork when started with "gvim -f". | |
| 4992 * Do fork when using "gui -b". | |
| 4993 */ | |
| 4994 if (arg[0] == '-' | |
| 4995 && (arg[1] == 'f' || arg[1] == 'b') | |
| 4996 && (arg[2] == NUL || vim_iswhite(arg[2]))) | |
| 4997 { | |
| 4998 gui.dofork = (arg[1] == 'b'); | |
| 4999 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 2); | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 5002 { | |
| 5003 /* Clear the command. Needed for when forking+exiting, to avoid part | |
| 5004 * of the argument ending up after the shell prompt. */ | |
| 5005 msg_clr_eos_force(); | |
| 5006 gui_start(); | |
|
7770
42c1a4e63d12
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d04a020a8a8d7a438b091d49218c438880beb50c
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7469
diff
changeset
|
5007 #ifdef FEAT_CHANNEL |
|
42c1a4e63d12
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d04a020a8a8d7a438b091d49218c438880beb50c
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7469
diff
changeset
|
5008 channel_gui_register_all(); |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2208
diff
changeset
|
5009 #endif |
| 7 | 5010 } |
| 5011 if (!ends_excmd(*eap->arg)) | |
| 5012 ex_next(eap); | |
| 5013 } | |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 #if ((defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W32) \ | |
| 574 | 5016 || defined(FEAT_GUI_PHOTON)) && defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5017 /* |
| 5018 * This is shared between Athena, Motif and GTK. | |
| 5019 */ | |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
5020 static void gfp_setname(char_u *fname, void *cookie); |
| 7 | 5021 |
| 5022 /* | |
| 5023 * Callback function for do_in_runtimepath(). | |
| 5024 */ | |
| 5025 static void | |
| 236 | 5026 gfp_setname(fname, cookie) |
| 7 | 5027 char_u *fname; |
| 236 | 5028 void *cookie; |
| 7 | 5029 { |
| 236 | 5030 char_u *gfp_buffer = cookie; |
| 5031 | |
| 7 | 5032 if (STRLEN(fname) >= MAXPATHL) |
| 5033 *gfp_buffer = NUL; | |
| 5034 else | |
| 5035 STRCPY(gfp_buffer, fname); | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 /* | |
| 5039 * Find the path of bitmap "name" with extension "ext" in 'runtimepath'. | |
| 5040 * Return FAIL for failure and OK if buffer[MAXPATHL] contains the result. | |
| 5041 */ | |
| 5042 int | |
| 5043 gui_find_bitmap(name, buffer, ext) | |
| 5044 char_u *name; | |
| 5045 char_u *buffer; | |
| 5046 char *ext; | |
| 5047 { | |
| 5048 if (STRLEN(name) > MAXPATHL - 14) | |
| 5049 return FAIL; | |
| 273 | 5050 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, MAXPATHL, "bitmaps/%s.%s", name, ext); |
| 236 | 5051 if (do_in_runtimepath(buffer, FALSE, gfp_setname, buffer) == FAIL |
| 5052 || *buffer == NUL) | |
| 7 | 5053 return FAIL; |
| 5054 return OK; | |
| 5055 } | |
| 5056 | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2275
diff
changeset
|
5057 # if !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5058 /* |
| 5059 * Given the name of the "icon=" argument, try finding the bitmap file for the | |
| 5060 * icon. If it is an absolute path name, use it as it is. Otherwise append | |
| 5061 * "ext" and search for it in 'runtimepath'. | |
| 5062 * The result is put in "buffer[MAXPATHL]". If something fails "buffer" | |
| 5063 * contains "name". | |
| 5064 */ | |
| 5065 void | |
| 5066 gui_find_iconfile(name, buffer, ext) | |
| 5067 char_u *name; | |
| 5068 char_u *buffer; | |
| 5069 char *ext; | |
| 5070 { | |
| 5071 char_u buf[MAXPATHL + 1]; | |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 expand_env(name, buffer, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5074 if (!mch_isFullName(buffer) && gui_find_bitmap(buffer, buf, ext) == OK) | |
| 5075 STRCPY(buffer, buf); | |
| 5076 } | |
| 5077 # endif | |
| 5078 #endif | |
| 5079 | |
| 574 | 5080 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5081 void |
| 5082 display_errors() | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 char_u *p; | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 if (isatty(2)) | |
| 5087 fflush(stderr); | |
| 5088 else if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL) | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5091 for (p = (char_u *)error_ga.ga_data; *p != NUL; ++p) | |
| 5092 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5093 { | |
| 5094 /* Truncate a very long message, it will go off-screen. */ | |
| 5095 if (STRLEN(p) > 2000) | |
| 5096 STRCPY(p + 2000 - 14, "...(truncated)"); | |
| 5097 (void)do_dialog(VIM_ERROR, (char_u *)_("Error"), | |
| 2684 | 5098 p, (char_u *)_("&Ok"), 1, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 5099 break; |
| 5100 } | |
| 5101 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 #endif | |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 #if defined(NO_CONSOLE_INPUT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5107 /* | |
| 5108 * Return TRUE if still starting up and there is no place to enter text. | |
| 5109 * For GTK and X11 we check if stderr is not a tty, which means we were | |
| 5110 * (probably) started from the desktop. Also check stdin, "vim >& file" does | |
| 5111 * allow typing on stdin. | |
| 5112 */ | |
| 5113 int | |
| 5114 no_console_input() | |
| 5115 { | |
| 5116 return ((!gui.in_use || gui.starting) | |
| 5117 # ifndef NO_CONSOLE | |
| 5118 && !isatty(0) && !isatty(2) | |
| 5119 # endif | |
| 5120 ); | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 #endif | |
| 5123 | |
| 28 | 5124 #if defined(FIND_REPLACE_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) \ |
| 1002 | 5125 || defined(NEED_GUI_UPDATE_SCREEN) \ |
| 28 | 5126 || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5127 /* |
| 5128 * Update the current window and the screen. | |
| 5129 */ | |
| 5130 void | |
| 5131 gui_update_screen() | |
| 5132 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5133 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5134 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5135 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5136 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5137 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5138 |
| 7 | 5139 update_topline(); |
| 5140 validate_cursor(); | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5141 |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5142 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 1584 | 5143 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */ |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5144 if (!finish_op && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5145 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5146 has_cursormoved() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5147 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5148 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5149 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5150 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5151 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5152 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5153 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5154 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5155 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)) |
| 1584 | 5156 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5157 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5158 if (has_cursormoved()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5159 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5160 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5161 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5162 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5163 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5164 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5165 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5166 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5167 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5168 # endif |
| 1584 | 5169 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 5170 } | |
| 5171 #endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5172 |
| 7 | 5173 update_screen(0); /* may need to update the screen */ |
| 5174 setcursor(); | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5175 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5176 if (conceal_update_lines |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5177 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5178 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5179 || need_cursor_line_redraw)) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5180 { |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5181 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
5182 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5183 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5184 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5185 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
5186 # endif |
| 7 | 5187 out_flush(); /* make sure output has been written */ |
| 5188 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5189 gui_mch_flush(); | |
| 5190 } | |
| 5191 #endif | |
| 5192 | |
| 28 | 5193 #if defined(FIND_REPLACE_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO) |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
5194 static void concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *text, int what); |
| 7 | 5195 |
| 5196 /* | |
| 5197 * Get the text to use in a find/replace dialog. Uses the last search pattern | |
| 5198 * if the argument is empty. | |
| 5199 * Returns an allocated string. | |
| 5200 */ | |
| 5201 char_u * | |
| 5202 get_find_dialog_text(arg, wwordp, mcasep) | |
| 5203 char_u *arg; | |
| 5204 int *wwordp; /* return: TRUE if \< \> found */ | |
| 5205 int *mcasep; /* return: TRUE if \C found */ | |
| 5206 { | |
| 5207 char_u *text; | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 if (*arg == NUL) | |
| 5210 text = last_search_pat(); | |
| 5211 else | |
| 5212 text = arg; | |
| 5213 if (text != NULL) | |
| 5214 { | |
| 5215 text = vim_strsave(text); | |
| 5216 if (text != NULL) | |
| 5217 { | |
| 835 | 5218 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); |
| 7 | 5219 int i; |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 /* Remove "\V" */ | |
| 5222 if (len >= 2 && STRNCMP(text, "\\V", 2) == 0) | |
| 5223 { | |
| 5224 mch_memmove(text, text + 2, (size_t)(len - 1)); | |
| 5225 len -= 2; | |
| 5226 } | |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 /* Recognize "\c" and "\C" and remove. */ | |
| 5229 if (len >= 2 && *text == '\\' && (text[1] == 'c' || text[1] == 'C')) | |
| 5230 { | |
| 5231 *mcasep = (text[1] == 'C'); | |
| 5232 mch_memmove(text, text + 2, (size_t)(len - 1)); | |
| 5233 len -= 2; | |
| 5234 } | |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 /* Recognize "\<text\>" and remove. */ | |
| 5237 if (len >= 4 | |
| 5238 && STRNCMP(text, "\\<", 2) == 0 | |
| 5239 && STRNCMP(text + len - 2, "\\>", 2) == 0) | |
| 5240 { | |
| 5241 *wwordp = TRUE; | |
| 5242 mch_memmove(text, text + 2, (size_t)(len - 4)); | |
| 5243 text[len - 4] = NUL; | |
| 5244 } | |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 /* Recognize "\/" or "\?" and remove. */ | |
| 5247 for (i = 0; i + 1 < len; ++i) | |
| 5248 if (text[i] == '\\' && (text[i + 1] == '/' | |
| 5249 || text[i + 1] == '?')) | |
| 5250 { | |
| 5251 mch_memmove(text + i, text + i + 1, (size_t)(len - i)); | |
| 5252 --len; | |
| 5253 } | |
| 5254 } | |
| 5255 } | |
| 5256 return text; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 /* | |
| 5260 * Concatenate "text" to grow array "gap", escaping "what" with a backslash. | |
| 5261 */ | |
| 5262 static void | |
| 5263 concat_esc(gap, text, what) | |
| 5264 garray_T *gap; | |
| 5265 char_u *text; | |
| 5266 int what; | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 while (*text != NUL) | |
| 5269 { | |
| 5270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 5271 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(text); |
| 819 | 5272 |
| 7 | 5273 if (l > 1) |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 while (--l >= 0) | |
| 5276 ga_append(gap, *text++); | |
| 5277 continue; | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 #endif | |
| 5280 if (*text == what) | |
| 5281 ga_append(gap, '\\'); | |
| 5282 ga_append(gap, *text); | |
| 5283 ++text; | |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 } | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 /* | |
| 5288 * Handle the press of a button in the find-replace dialog. | |
| 5289 * Return TRUE when something was added to the input buffer. | |
| 5290 */ | |
| 5291 int | |
| 5292 gui_do_findrepl(flags, find_text, repl_text, down) | |
| 5293 int flags; /* one of FRD_REPLACE, FRD_FINDNEXT, etc. */ | |
| 5294 char_u *find_text; | |
| 5295 char_u *repl_text; | |
| 5296 int down; /* Search downwards. */ | |
| 5297 { | |
| 5298 garray_T ga; | |
| 5299 int i; | |
| 5300 int type = (flags & FRD_TYPE_MASK); | |
| 5301 char_u *p; | |
| 28 | 5302 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 482 | 5303 int save_did_emsg = did_emsg; |
| 1943 | 5304 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 /* When the screen is being updated we should not change buffers and | |
| 5307 * windows structures, it may cause freed memory to be used. Also don't | |
| 5308 * do this recursively (pressing "Find" quickly several times. */ | |
| 5309 if (updating_screen || busy) | |
| 5310 return FALSE; | |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 /* refuse replace when text cannot be changed */ | |
| 5313 if ((type == FRD_REPLACE || type == FRD_REPLACEALL) && text_locked()) | |
| 5314 return FALSE; | |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5317 |
| 5318 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); | |
| 28 | 5319 if (type == FRD_REPLACEALL) |
| 7 | 5320 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"%s/"); |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"\\V"); | |
| 5323 if (flags & FRD_MATCH_CASE) | |
| 5324 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"\\C"); | |
| 5325 else | |
| 5326 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"\\c"); | |
| 5327 if (flags & FRD_WHOLE_WORD) | |
| 5328 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"\\<"); | |
| 5329 if (type == FRD_REPLACEALL || down) | |
| 5330 concat_esc(&ga, find_text, '/'); /* escape slashes */ | |
| 5331 else | |
| 5332 concat_esc(&ga, find_text, '?'); /* escape '?' */ | |
| 5333 if (flags & FRD_WHOLE_WORD) | |
| 5334 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"\\>"); | |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 if (type == FRD_REPLACEALL) | |
| 5337 { | |
| 28 | 5338 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"/"); |
| 694 | 5339 /* escape / and \ */ |
| 5340 p = vim_strsave_escaped(repl_text, (char_u *)"/\\"); | |
| 5341 if (p != NULL) | |
| 5342 ga_concat(&ga, p); | |
| 5343 vim_free(p); | |
| 28 | 5344 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"/g"); |
| 5345 } | |
| 5346 ga_append(&ga, NUL); | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 if (type == FRD_REPLACE) | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 /* Do the replacement when the text at the cursor matches. Thus no | |
| 5351 * replacement is done if the cursor was moved! */ | |
| 5352 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ga.ga_data, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); | |
| 5353 regmatch.rm_ic = 0; | |
| 5354 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 5355 { | |
| 5356 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 5357 if (vim_regexec_nl(®match, p, (colnr_T)0) | |
| 5358 && regmatch.startp[0] == p) | |
| 5359 { | |
| 5360 /* Clear the command line to remove any old "No match" | |
| 5361 * error. */ | |
| 5362 msg_end_prompt(); | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 5365 { | |
| 5366 /* A button was pressed thus undo should be synced. */ | |
| 825 | 5367 u_sync(FALSE); |
| 28 | 5368 |
| 5369 del_bytes((long)(regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]), | |
| 609 | 5370 FALSE, FALSE); |
| 28 | 5371 ins_str(repl_text); |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 } | |
| 5374 else | |
| 5375 MSG(_("No match at cursor, finding next")); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
5376 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 28 | 5377 } |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 if (type == FRD_REPLACEALL) | |
| 5381 { | |
| 7 | 5382 /* A button was pressed, thus undo should be synced. */ |
| 825 | 5383 u_sync(FALSE); |
| 7 | 5384 do_cmdline_cmd(ga.ga_data); |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 else | |
| 5387 { | |
| 5388 /* Search for the next match. */ | |
| 5389 i = msg_scroll; | |
| 7009 | 5390 (void)do_search(NULL, down ? '/' : '?', ga.ga_data, 1L, |
| 1521 | 5391 SEARCH_MSG + SEARCH_MARK, NULL); |
| 7 | 5392 msg_scroll = i; /* don't let an error message set msg_scroll */ |
| 5393 } | |
| 5394 | |
| 482 | 5395 /* Don't want to pass did_emsg to other code, it may cause disabling |
| 5396 * syntax HL if we were busy redrawing. */ | |
| 5397 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 5398 | |
| 7 | 5399 if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT)) |
| 5400 { | |
| 5401 gui_update_screen(); /* update the screen */ | |
| 5402 msg_didout = 0; /* overwrite any message */ | |
| 5403 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't wait for return */ | |
| 5404 } | |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 vim_free(ga.ga_data); | |
| 1943 | 5407 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5408 return (ga.ga_len > 0); |
| 5409 } | |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 #endif | |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 #if (defined(FEAT_DND) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ | |
| 5414 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) \ | |
| 5415 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ | |
| 5416 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
7801
a1e71a01dbd6
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/d25c16e2f2776d50245bf31d6e4d5364f12d188e
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7770
diff
changeset
|
5419 static void gui_wingoto_xy(int x, int y); |
| 7 | 5420 |
| 5421 /* | |
| 5422 * Jump to the window at specified point (x, y). | |
| 5423 */ | |
| 5424 static void | |
| 5425 gui_wingoto_xy(x, y) | |
| 5426 int x; | |
| 5427 int y; | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 int row = Y_2_ROW(y); | |
| 5430 int col = X_2_COL(x); | |
| 5431 win_T *wp; | |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 if (row >= 0 && col >= 0) | |
| 5434 { | |
| 5435 wp = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 5436 if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin) | |
| 5437 win_goto(wp); | |
| 5438 } | |
| 5439 } | |
| 5440 #endif | |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 /* | |
| 5443 * Process file drop. Mouse cursor position, key modifiers, name of files | |
| 5444 * and count of files are given. Argument "fnames[count]" has full pathnames | |
| 5445 * of dropped files, they will be freed in this function, and caller can't use | |
| 5446 * fnames after call this function. | |
| 5447 */ | |
| 5448 void | |
| 5449 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count) | |
| 1887 | 5450 int x UNUSED; |
| 5451 int y UNUSED; | |
| 7 | 5452 int_u modifiers; |
| 5453 char_u **fnames; | |
| 5454 int count; | |
| 5455 { | |
| 5456 int i; | |
| 5457 char_u *p; | |
| 1668 | 5458 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 /* | |
| 5461 * This function is called by event handlers. Just in case we get a | |
| 5462 * second event before the first one is handled, ignore the second one. | |
| 5463 * Not sure if this can ever happen, just in case. | |
| 5464 */ | |
| 5465 if (entered) | |
| 5466 return; | |
| 5467 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5468 |
| 5469 /* | |
| 5470 * When the cursor is at the command line, add the file names to the | |
| 5471 * command line, don't edit the files. | |
| 5472 */ | |
| 5473 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 shorten_filenames(fnames, count); | |
| 5476 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 if (fnames[i] != NULL) | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 if (i > 0) | |
| 5481 add_to_input_buf((char_u*)" ", 1); | |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 /* We don't know what command is used thus we can't be sure | |
| 5484 * about which characters need to be escaped. Only escape the | |
| 5485 * most common ones. */ | |
| 5486 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5487 p = vim_strsave_escaped(fnames[i], (char_u *)" \t\"|"); | |
| 5488 # else | |
| 5489 p = vim_strsave_escaped(fnames[i], (char_u *)"\\ \t\"|"); | |
| 5490 # endif | |
| 5491 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1364 | 5492 add_to_input_buf_csi(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); |
| 7 | 5493 vim_free(p); |
| 5494 vim_free(fnames[i]); | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 else | |
| 5500 { | |
| 5501 /* Go to the window under mouse cursor, then shorten given "fnames" by | |
| 5502 * current window, because a window can have local current dir. */ | |
| 5503 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 5504 gui_wingoto_xy(x, y); | |
| 5505 # endif | |
| 5506 shorten_filenames(fnames, count); | |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 /* If Shift held down, remember the first item. */ | |
| 5509 if ((modifiers & MOUSE_SHIFT) != 0) | |
| 5510 p = vim_strsave(fnames[0]); | |
| 5511 else | |
| 5512 p = NULL; | |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 /* Handle the drop, :edit or :split to get to the file. This also | |
| 5515 * frees fnames[]. Skip this if there is only one item it's a | |
| 5516 * directory and Shift is held down. */ | |
| 5517 if (count == 1 && (modifiers & MOUSE_SHIFT) != 0 | |
| 5518 && mch_isdir(fnames[0])) | |
| 5519 { | |
| 5520 vim_free(fnames[0]); | |
| 5521 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5522 } | |
| 5523 else | |
| 5524 handle_drop(count, fnames, (modifiers & MOUSE_CTRL) != 0); | |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 /* If Shift held down, change to first file's directory. If the first | |
| 5527 * item is a directory, change to that directory (and let the explorer | |
| 5528 * plugin show the contents). */ | |
| 5529 if (p != NULL) | |
| 5530 { | |
| 5531 if (mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 5532 { | |
| 5533 if (mch_chdir((char *)p) == 0) | |
| 5534 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
| 5535 } | |
| 5536 else if (vim_chdirfile(p) == OK) | |
| 5537 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
| 5538 vim_free(p); | |
| 5539 } | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 /* Update the screen display */ | |
| 5542 update_screen(NOT_VALID); | |
| 5543 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5544 gui_update_menus(0); | |
| 5545 # endif | |
|
2208
495995b9ce7d
Fix: window title not updated after file dropped.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
5546 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
495995b9ce7d
Fix: window title not updated after file dropped.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
5547 maketitle(); |
|
495995b9ce7d
Fix: window title not updated after file dropped.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
5548 #endif |
| 7 | 5549 setcursor(); |
| 5550 out_flush(); | |
| 5551 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 5552 gui_mch_flush(); | |
| 5553 } | |
| 1668 | 5554 |
| 5555 entered = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5556 } |
| 5557 #endif |